1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 #define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 /* for builtin function complete() */ 38 39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 40 #define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL) 41 42 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 43 { 44 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 45 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 46 NULL, 47 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 48 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 50 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 51 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 52 NULL, 53 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 54 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 56 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 58 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 59 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 60 NULL, /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */ 61 }; 62 63 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 64 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 65 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); 66 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); 67 #endif 68 69 /* 70 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 71 */ 72 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 73 struct compl_S 74 { 75 compl_T *cp_next; 76 compl_T *cp_prev; 77 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 78 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 79 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 80 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 81 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 82 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 83 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 84 }; 85 86 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 87 #define FREE_FNAME (2) 88 89 /* 90 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 91 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 92 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 93 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 94 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 95 */ 96 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 97 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 98 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 99 100 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 101 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 102 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 103 104 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 105 * are used. */ 106 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 107 108 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 109 in compl_leader */ 110 111 static int compl_no_insert = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 112 TRUE: noinsert */ 113 static int compl_no_select = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert 114 TRUE: noselect */ 115 116 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 117 FALSE the match was edited or using 118 the longest common string. */ 119 120 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 121 completions. */ 122 123 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 124 125 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 126 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 127 static int compl_started = FALSE; 128 129 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 130 * which is not allowed. */ 131 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 132 133 static int compl_matches = 0; 134 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 135 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 136 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 137 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 138 static pos_T compl_startpos; 139 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 140 * that is being completed */ 141 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 142 * completion started */ 143 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 144 static expand_T compl_xp; 145 146 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 147 148 static void ins_ctrl_x(void); 149 static int has_compl_option(int dict_opt); 150 static int ins_compl_accept_char(int c); 151 static int ins_compl_add(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup); 152 static int ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len); 153 static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match); 154 static void ins_compl_add_matches(int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase); 155 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic(void); 156 static void ins_compl_upd_pum(void); 157 static void ins_compl_del_pum(void); 158 static int pum_wanted(void); 159 static int pum_enough_matches(void); 160 static void ins_compl_dictionaries(char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus); 161 static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir); 162 static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr); 163 static void ins_compl_free(void); 164 static void ins_compl_clear(void); 165 static int ins_compl_bs(void); 166 static int ins_compl_need_restart(void); 167 static void ins_compl_new_leader(void); 168 static void ins_compl_addleader(int c); 169 static int ins_compl_len(void); 170 static void ins_compl_restart(void); 171 static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str); 172 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void); 173 static int ins_compl_prep(int c); 174 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg); 175 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag); 176 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 177 static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list); 178 static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict); 179 #endif 180 static int ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini); 181 static void ins_compl_delete(void); 182 static void ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func); 183 static int ins_compl_next(int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match, int in_compl_func); 184 static int ins_compl_key2dir(int c); 185 static int ins_compl_pum_key(int c); 186 static int ins_compl_key2count(int c); 187 static int ins_compl_use_match(int c); 188 static int ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum); 189 static void show_pum(int save_w_wrow); 190 static unsigned quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len); 191 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 192 193 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 194 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 195 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 196 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 197 198 static void ins_redraw(int ready); 199 static void ins_ctrl_v(void); 200 static void undisplay_dollar(void); 201 static void insert_special(int, int, int); 202 static void internal_format(int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c); 203 static void check_auto_format(int); 204 static void redo_literal(int c); 205 static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos); 206 static void start_arrow_with_change(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 207 static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change); 208 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 209 static void check_spell_redraw(void); 210 static void spell_back_to_badword(void); 211 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 212 #endif 213 static void stop_insert(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove); 214 static int echeck_abbr(int); 215 static int replace_pop(void); 216 static void replace_join(int off); 217 static void replace_pop_ins(void); 218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 219 static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc); 220 #endif 221 static void replace_flush(void); 222 static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col); 223 static int del_char_after_col(int limit_col); 224 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 225 static int cindent_on(void); 226 #endif 227 static void ins_reg(void); 228 static void ins_ctrl_g(void); 229 static void ins_ctrl_hat(void); 230 static int ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove); 231 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 232 static void ins_ctrl_(void); 233 #endif 234 static int ins_start_select(int c); 235 static void ins_insert(int replaceState); 236 static void ins_ctrl_o(void); 237 static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc); 238 static void ins_del(void); 239 static int ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p); 240 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 241 static void ins_mouse(int c); 242 static void ins_mousescroll(int dir); 243 #endif 244 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 245 static void ins_tabline(int c); 246 #endif 247 static void ins_left(int end_change); 248 static void ins_home(int c); 249 static void ins_end(int c); 250 static void ins_s_left(void); 251 static void ins_right(int end_change); 252 static void ins_s_right(void); 253 static void ins_up(int startcol); 254 static void ins_pageup(void); 255 static void ins_down(int startcol); 256 static void ins_pagedown(void); 257 #ifdef FEAT_DND 258 static void ins_drop(void); 259 #endif 260 static int ins_tab(void); 261 static int ins_eol(int c); 262 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 263 static int ins_digraph(void); 264 #endif 265 static int ins_ctrl_ey(int tc); 266 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 267 static void ins_try_si(int c); 268 #endif 269 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void); 270 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 271 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c); 272 #endif 273 274 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 275 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 276 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 277 278 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 279 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 280 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 281 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 282 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 283 284 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 285 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 286 #endif 287 288 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 289 290 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 291 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 292 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 293 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 294 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 295 #endif 296 297 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 298 char. Set when edit() is called. 299 after that arrow_used is used. */ 300 301 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 302 under the cursor */ 303 static int dont_sync_undo = FALSE; /* CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo for 304 the next left/right cursor */ 305 306 /* 307 * edit(): Start inserting text. 308 * 309 * "cmdchar" can be: 310 * 'i' normal insert command 311 * 'a' normal append command 312 * 'R' replace command 313 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 314 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 315 * 'g' "gI" command. 316 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 317 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 318 * 319 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 320 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 321 * 322 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 323 */ 324 int 325 edit( 326 int cmdchar, 327 int startln, /* if set, insert at start of line */ 328 long count) 329 { 330 int c = 0; 331 char_u *ptr; 332 int lastc = 0; 333 int mincol; 334 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 335 int i; 336 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 337 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 338 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 339 #endif 340 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 341 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 342 int old_topfill = -1; 343 #endif 344 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 345 int replaceState = REPLACE; 346 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 347 348 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 349 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 350 351 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 352 * error message */ 353 check_for_delay(TRUE); 354 355 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ 356 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; 357 358 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 359 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 360 if (sandbox != 0) 361 { 362 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 363 return FALSE; 364 } 365 #endif 366 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 367 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 368 if (textlock != 0) 369 { 370 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 371 return FALSE; 372 } 373 374 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 375 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 376 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 377 { 378 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 379 return FALSE; 380 } 381 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 382 #endif 383 384 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 385 /* 386 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 387 */ 388 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 389 { 390 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 391 392 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 393 if (cmdchar == 'R') 394 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 395 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 396 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 397 else 398 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 399 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 400 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 401 # endif 402 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 403 404 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in 405 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet 406 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with 407 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the 408 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). 409 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ 410 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) 411 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 412 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL 413 # endif 414 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 415 { 416 int save_state = State; 417 418 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; 419 State = INSERT; 420 check_cursor_col(); 421 State = save_state; 422 } 423 } 424 #endif 425 426 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 427 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 428 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 429 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 430 #endif 431 432 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 433 /* 434 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 435 * where the paste started. 436 */ 437 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 438 Insstart = where_paste_started; 439 else 440 #endif 441 { 442 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 443 if (startln) 444 Insstart.col = 0; 445 } 446 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 447 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 448 if (!did_ai) 449 ai_col = 0; 450 451 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 452 { 453 ResetRedobuff(); 454 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 455 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 456 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 457 { 458 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 459 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 460 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 461 } 462 else 463 #endif 464 { 465 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 466 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 467 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 468 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 469 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 470 } 471 } 472 473 if (cmdchar == 'R') 474 { 475 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 476 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 477 { 478 beep_flush(); 479 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 480 State = INSERT; 481 } 482 else 483 #endif 484 State = REPLACE; 485 } 486 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 487 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 488 { 489 State = VREPLACE; 490 replaceState = VREPLACE; 491 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 492 vr_lines_changed = 1; 493 } 494 #endif 495 else 496 State = INSERT; 497 498 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 499 500 /* 501 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 502 * on a TAB or special character. 503 */ 504 curs_columns(TRUE); 505 506 /* 507 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 508 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 509 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 510 * when hitting <Esc>. 511 */ 512 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 513 State |= LANGMAP; 514 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 515 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 516 #endif 517 518 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 519 setmouse(); 520 #endif 521 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 522 clear_showcmd(); 523 #endif 524 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 525 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 526 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 527 if (revins_on) 528 undisplay_dollar(); 529 revins_chars = 0; 530 revins_legal = 0; 531 revins_scol = -1; 532 #endif 533 534 /* 535 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 536 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with 537 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. 538 */ 539 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 540 { 541 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 542 /* 543 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 544 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 545 */ 546 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 547 arrow_used = FALSE; 548 else 549 #endif 550 arrow_used = TRUE; 551 restart_edit = 0; 552 553 /* 554 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 555 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 556 * correct in very rare cases). 557 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 558 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 559 */ 560 validate_virtcol(); 561 update_curswant(); 562 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 563 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 564 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 565 { 566 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 567 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 569 else if (has_mbyte) 570 { 571 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 572 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 573 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 574 } 575 #endif 576 } 577 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 578 } 579 else 580 arrow_used = FALSE; 581 582 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 583 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 584 585 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 586 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 587 588 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 589 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 590 #endif 591 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 592 can_cindent = TRUE; 593 #endif 594 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 595 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 596 * restarting. */ 597 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 598 foldOpenCursor(); 599 #endif 600 601 /* 602 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 603 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 604 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 605 */ 606 i = 0; 607 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 608 i = showmode(); 609 610 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 611 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 612 613 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 614 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 615 #endif 616 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 617 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 618 #endif 619 620 /* 621 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 622 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 623 */ 624 ptr = get_inserted(); 625 if (ptr == NULL) 626 new_insert_skip = 0; 627 else 628 { 629 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 630 vim_free(ptr); 631 } 632 633 old_indent = 0; 634 635 /* 636 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 637 */ 638 for (;;) 639 { 640 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 641 if (!revins_legal) 642 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 643 else 644 revins_legal = 0; 645 #endif 646 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 647 count = 0; 648 649 if (update_Insstart_orig) 650 Insstart_orig = Insstart; 651 652 if (stop_insert_mode 653 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 654 && !pum_visible() 655 #endif 656 ) 657 { 658 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 659 count = 0; 660 goto doESCkey; 661 } 662 663 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 664 if (!arrow_used) 665 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 666 667 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 668 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 669 if (stuff_empty()) 670 { 671 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 672 if (need_check_timestamps) 673 check_timestamps(FALSE); 674 } 675 676 /* 677 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 678 */ 679 msg_scroll = FALSE; 680 681 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 682 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 683 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 684 * autocommand. */ 685 if (need_mouse_correct) 686 gui_mouse_correct(); 687 #endif 688 689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 690 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 691 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 692 foldOpenCursor(); 693 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 694 if (!char_avail()) 695 foldCheckClose(); 696 #endif 697 698 /* 699 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 700 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 701 * redraw. 702 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 703 * something. 704 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 705 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 706 */ 707 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 708 && curwin->w_p_wrap 709 && !did_backspace 710 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 711 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 712 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 713 #endif 714 ) 715 { 716 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 717 validate_cursor_col(); 718 719 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 720 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 721 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 722 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 723 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 724 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 725 #endif 726 )) 727 { 728 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 729 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 730 --curwin->w_topfill; 731 else 732 #endif 733 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 734 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 735 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 736 else 737 #endif 738 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 739 } 740 } 741 742 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 743 update_topline(); 744 745 did_backspace = FALSE; 746 747 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 748 749 /* 750 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 751 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 752 */ 753 ins_redraw(TRUE); 754 755 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 756 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 757 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 758 #endif 759 760 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 761 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 762 do_check_cursorbind(); 763 #endif 764 update_curswant(); 765 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 766 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 767 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 768 #endif 769 770 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 771 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 772 #endif 773 774 /* 775 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. 776 */ 777 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 778 lastc = c; /* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */ 779 780 /* After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo. */ 781 if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE) 782 dont_sync_undo = TRUE; 783 else 784 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 785 do 786 { 787 c = safe_vgetc(); 788 } while (c == K_IGNORE); 789 790 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 791 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 792 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 793 #endif 794 795 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 796 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 797 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 798 #endif 799 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 800 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 801 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 802 #endif 803 804 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 805 /* 806 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 807 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 808 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 809 */ 810 if (compl_started 811 && pum_wanted() 812 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 813 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 814 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 815 { 816 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 817 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 818 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 819 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 820 continue; 821 822 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 823 if (!compl_used_match) 824 { 825 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 826 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 827 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 828 if (c == Ctrl_L 829 && (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 830 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 831 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 832 { 833 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 834 continue; 835 } 836 837 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 838 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 839 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 840 { 841 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 842 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 843 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 844 char_u *p; 845 846 if (str != NULL) 847 { 848 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 849 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); 850 vim_free(str); 851 } 852 else 853 #endif 854 ins_compl_addleader(c); 855 continue; 856 } 857 858 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 859 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 860 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 861 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 862 && stop_arrow() == OK) 863 { 864 ins_compl_delete(); 865 ins_compl_insert(FALSE); 866 } 867 } 868 } 869 870 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 871 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 872 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 873 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 874 continue; 875 #endif 876 877 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 878 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 879 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 880 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 881 { 882 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 883 ins_redraw(FALSE); 884 ++no_mapping; 885 ++allow_keys; 886 c = plain_vgetc(); 887 --no_mapping; 888 --allow_keys; 889 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 890 { 891 /* it's something else */ 892 vungetc(c); 893 c = Ctrl_BSL; 894 } 895 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 896 continue; 897 else 898 { 899 if (c == Ctrl_O) 900 { 901 ins_ctrl_o(); 902 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 903 nomove = TRUE; 904 } 905 count = 0; 906 goto doESCkey; 907 } 908 } 909 910 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 911 c = do_digraph(c); 912 #endif 913 914 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 915 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 916 goto docomplete; 917 #endif 918 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 919 { 920 ins_ctrl_v(); 921 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 922 continue; 923 } 924 925 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 926 if (cindent_on() 927 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 928 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 929 # endif 930 ) 931 { 932 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 933 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 934 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 935 * done before inserting the key. */ 936 line_is_white = inindent(0); 937 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 938 goto force_cindent; 939 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 940 && stop_arrow() == OK) 941 do_c_expr_indent(); 942 } 943 #endif 944 945 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 946 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 947 switch (c) 948 { 949 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 950 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 951 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 952 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 953 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 954 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 955 } 956 #endif 957 958 /* 959 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 960 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 961 * characters. 962 */ 963 if (ins_start_select(c)) 964 continue; 965 966 /* 967 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 968 */ 969 switch (c) 970 { 971 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 972 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 973 break; 974 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 975 976 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 977 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 978 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 979 { 980 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 981 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 982 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 983 nomove = TRUE; 984 goto doESCkey; 985 } 986 #endif 987 988 #ifdef UNIX 989 do_intr: 990 #endif 991 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 992 * Insert mode */ 993 if (goto_im()) 994 { 995 if (got_int) 996 { 997 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 998 got_int = FALSE; 999 } 1000 else 1001 vim_beep(BO_IM); 1002 break; 1003 } 1004 doESCkey: 1005 /* 1006 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 1007 */ 1008 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 1009 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 1010 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 1011 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1012 1013 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 1014 { 1015 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1016 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 1017 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 1018 FALSE, curbuf); 1019 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1020 #endif 1021 return (c == Ctrl_O); 1022 } 1023 continue; 1024 1025 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 1026 if (!p_im) 1027 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 1028 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); 1029 c = Ctrl_O; 1030 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 1031 1032 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 1033 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1034 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 1035 goto docomplete; 1036 #endif 1037 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 1038 break; 1039 ins_ctrl_o(); 1040 1041 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 1042 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 1043 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 1044 { 1045 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 1046 nomove = TRUE; 1047 } 1048 #endif 1049 count = 0; 1050 goto doESCkey; 1051 1052 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 1053 case K_KINS: 1054 ins_insert(replaceState); 1055 break; 1056 1057 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 1058 break; 1059 1060 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 1061 case K_F1: 1062 case K_XF1: 1063 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 1064 if (p_im) 1065 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 1066 goto doESCkey; 1067 1068 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1069 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1070 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1071 i = plain_vgetc(); 1072 --no_mapping; 1073 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1074 break; 1075 #endif 1076 1077 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1078 case NUL: 1079 case Ctrl_A: 1080 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1081 * error. */ 1082 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1083 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1084 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1085 inserted_space = FALSE; 1086 break; 1087 1088 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1089 ins_reg(); 1090 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1091 inserted_space = FALSE; 1092 break; 1093 1094 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1095 ins_ctrl_g(); 1096 break; 1097 1098 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1099 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1100 break; 1101 1102 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1103 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1104 if (!p_ari) 1105 goto normalchar; 1106 ins_ctrl_(); 1107 break; 1108 #endif 1109 1110 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1111 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1112 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1113 goto docomplete; 1114 #endif 1115 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1116 1117 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1118 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1119 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1120 { 1121 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1122 goto docomplete; 1123 break; 1124 } 1125 # endif 1126 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1127 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1128 inserted_space = FALSE; 1129 break; 1130 1131 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1132 case K_KDEL: 1133 ins_del(); 1134 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1135 break; 1136 1137 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1138 case Ctrl_H: 1139 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1140 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1141 break; 1142 1143 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1144 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1145 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1146 break; 1147 1148 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1149 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1150 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1151 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1152 goto docomplete; 1153 # endif 1154 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1155 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1156 inserted_space = FALSE; 1157 break; 1158 1159 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1160 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1161 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1162 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1163 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1164 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1165 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1166 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1167 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1168 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1169 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1170 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1171 case K_X1MOUSE: 1172 case K_X1DRAG: 1173 case K_X1RELEASE: 1174 case K_X2MOUSE: 1175 case K_X2DRAG: 1176 case K_X2RELEASE: 1177 ins_mouse(c); 1178 break; 1179 1180 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1181 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1182 break; 1183 1184 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1185 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1186 break; 1187 1188 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1189 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1190 break; 1191 1192 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1193 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1194 break; 1195 #endif 1196 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1197 case K_TABLINE: 1198 case K_TABMENU: 1199 ins_tabline(c); 1200 break; 1201 #endif 1202 1203 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1204 break; 1205 1206 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1207 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1208 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1209 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1210 break; 1211 #endif 1212 1213 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1214 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1215 * cancelled. */ 1216 case K_F4: 1217 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1218 goto normalchar; 1219 break; 1220 #endif 1221 1222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1223 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1224 ins_scroll(); 1225 break; 1226 1227 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1228 ins_horscroll(); 1229 break; 1230 #endif 1231 1232 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1233 case K_KHOME: 1234 case K_S_HOME: 1235 case K_C_HOME: 1236 ins_home(c); 1237 break; 1238 1239 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1240 case K_KEND: 1241 case K_S_END: 1242 case K_C_END: 1243 ins_end(c); 1244 break; 1245 1246 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1247 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1248 ins_s_left(); 1249 else 1250 ins_left(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1251 break; 1252 1253 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1254 case K_C_LEFT: 1255 ins_s_left(); 1256 break; 1257 1258 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1259 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1260 ins_s_right(); 1261 else 1262 ins_right(dont_sync_undo == FALSE); 1263 break; 1264 1265 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1266 case K_C_RIGHT: 1267 ins_s_right(); 1268 break; 1269 1270 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1271 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1272 if (pum_visible()) 1273 goto docomplete; 1274 #endif 1275 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1276 ins_pageup(); 1277 else 1278 ins_up(FALSE); 1279 break; 1280 1281 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1282 case K_PAGEUP: 1283 case K_KPAGEUP: 1284 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1285 if (pum_visible()) 1286 goto docomplete; 1287 #endif 1288 ins_pageup(); 1289 break; 1290 1291 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1292 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1293 if (pum_visible()) 1294 goto docomplete; 1295 #endif 1296 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1297 ins_pagedown(); 1298 else 1299 ins_down(FALSE); 1300 break; 1301 1302 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1303 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1304 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1305 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1306 if (pum_visible()) 1307 goto docomplete; 1308 #endif 1309 ins_pagedown(); 1310 break; 1311 1312 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1313 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1314 ins_drop(); 1315 break; 1316 #endif 1317 1318 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1319 c = TAB; 1320 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1321 1322 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1323 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1324 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1325 goto docomplete; 1326 #endif 1327 inserted_space = FALSE; 1328 if (ins_tab()) 1329 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1330 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1331 break; 1332 1333 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1334 c = CAR; 1335 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1336 case CAR: 1337 case NL: 1338 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1339 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1340 * cursor. */ 1341 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1342 { 1343 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1344 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1345 else /* location list window */ 1346 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1347 break; 1348 } 1349 #endif 1350 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1351 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1352 { 1353 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1354 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1355 goto doESCkey; 1356 } 1357 #endif 1358 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1359 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1360 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1361 inserted_space = FALSE; 1362 break; 1363 1364 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1365 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1366 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1367 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1368 { 1369 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1370 goto docomplete; 1371 break; 1372 } 1373 # endif 1374 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1375 c = ins_digraph(); 1376 if (c == NUL) 1377 break; 1378 # endif 1379 goto normalchar; 1380 #endif 1381 1382 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1383 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1384 ins_ctrl_x(); 1385 break; 1386 1387 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1388 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1389 goto normalchar; 1390 goto docomplete; 1391 1392 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1393 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1394 goto normalchar; 1395 goto docomplete; 1396 1397 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1398 case Ctrl_S: 1399 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1400 goto normalchar; 1401 goto docomplete; 1402 #endif 1403 1404 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1405 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1406 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1407 #endif 1408 { 1409 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1410 if (p_im) 1411 { 1412 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1413 break; 1414 goto doESCkey; 1415 } 1416 goto normalchar; 1417 } 1418 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1419 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1420 1421 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1422 case Ctrl_N: 1423 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1424 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1425 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1426 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1427 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1428 goto normalchar; 1429 1430 docomplete: 1431 compl_busy = TRUE; 1432 disable_fold_update++; /* don't redraw folds here */ 1433 if (ins_complete(c, TRUE) == FAIL) 1434 compl_cont_status = 0; 1435 disable_fold_update--; 1436 compl_busy = FALSE; 1437 break; 1438 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1439 1440 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1441 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1442 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1443 break; 1444 1445 default: 1446 #ifdef UNIX 1447 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1448 goto do_intr; 1449 #endif 1450 1451 normalchar: 1452 /* 1453 * Insert a normal character. 1454 */ 1455 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1456 if (!p_paste) 1457 { 1458 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ 1459 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); 1460 char_u *p; 1461 1462 if (str != NULL) 1463 { 1464 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) 1465 { 1466 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ 1467 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 1468 { 1469 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 1470 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) 1471 ins_eol(c); 1472 else 1473 ins_char(c); 1474 } 1475 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); 1476 } 1477 vim_free(str); 1478 c = NUL; 1479 } 1480 1481 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string 1482 * then don't insert any character. */ 1483 if (c == NUL) 1484 break; 1485 } 1486 #endif 1487 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1488 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1489 ins_try_si(c); 1490 #endif 1491 1492 if (c == ' ') 1493 { 1494 inserted_space = TRUE; 1495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1496 if (inindent(0)) 1497 can_cindent = FALSE; 1498 #endif 1499 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1500 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1501 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1502 } 1503 1504 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a 1505 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without 1506 * inserting it. */ 1507 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( 1508 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1509 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1510 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1511 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1512 #endif 1513 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) 1514 { 1515 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1516 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1517 revins_legal++; 1518 revins_chars++; 1519 #endif 1520 } 1521 1522 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1523 1524 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1525 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1526 * closed fold. */ 1527 foldOpenCursor(); 1528 #endif 1529 break; 1530 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1531 1532 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1533 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1534 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD 1535 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1536 /* but not in CTRL-X mode, a script can't restore the state */ 1537 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1538 # endif 1539 ) 1540 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1541 #endif 1542 1543 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1544 if (arrow_used) 1545 inserted_space = FALSE; 1546 1547 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1548 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1549 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1550 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1551 # endif 1552 ) 1553 { 1554 force_cindent: 1555 /* 1556 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1557 */ 1558 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1559 { 1560 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1561 /* re-indent the current line */ 1562 do_c_expr_indent(); 1563 } 1564 } 1565 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1566 1567 } /* for (;;) */ 1568 /* NOTREACHED */ 1569 } 1570 1571 /* 1572 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1573 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1574 * option work correctly. 1575 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1576 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1577 */ 1578 static void 1579 ins_redraw( 1580 int ready UNUSED) /* not busy with something */ 1581 { 1582 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1583 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1584 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1585 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1586 #endif 1587 1588 if (char_avail()) 1589 return; 1590 1591 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1592 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1593 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1594 if (ready && ( 1595 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1596 has_cursormovedI() 1597 # endif 1598 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1599 || 1600 # endif 1601 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1602 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1603 # endif 1604 ) 1605 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1606 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1607 # endif 1608 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1609 && !pum_visible() 1610 # endif 1611 ) 1612 { 1613 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1614 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1615 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1616 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1617 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1618 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1619 update_screen(0); 1620 # endif 1621 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1622 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1623 { 1624 /* Make sure curswant is correct, an autocommand may call 1625 * getcurpos(). */ 1626 update_curswant(); 1627 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1628 } 1629 # endif 1630 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1631 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1632 { 1633 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1634 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1635 # endif 1636 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1637 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1638 } 1639 # endif 1640 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1641 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1642 # endif 1643 } 1644 #endif 1645 1646 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1647 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ 1648 if (ready && has_textchangedI() 1649 && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick 1650 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1651 && !pum_visible() 1652 # endif 1653 ) 1654 { 1655 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) 1656 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1657 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; 1658 last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick; 1659 } 1660 #endif 1661 1662 if (must_redraw) 1663 update_screen(0); 1664 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1665 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1666 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1667 if ((conceal_update_lines 1668 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1669 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1670 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1671 { 1672 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1673 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1674 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1675 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1676 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1677 } 1678 # endif 1679 showruler(FALSE); 1680 setcursor(); 1681 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1682 } 1683 1684 /* 1685 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1686 */ 1687 static void 1688 ins_ctrl_v(void) 1689 { 1690 int c; 1691 int did_putchar = FALSE; 1692 1693 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1694 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1695 1696 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1697 { 1698 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1699 did_putchar = TRUE; 1700 } 1701 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1702 1703 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1704 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1705 #endif 1706 1707 c = get_literal(); 1708 if (did_putchar) 1709 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next 1710 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ 1711 edit_unputchar(); 1712 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1713 clear_showcmd(); 1714 #endif 1715 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1716 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1717 revins_chars++; 1718 revins_legal++; 1719 #endif 1720 } 1721 1722 /* 1723 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1724 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1725 */ 1726 static int pc_status; 1727 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1728 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1729 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1730 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1731 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1732 static int pc_attr; 1733 static int pc_row; 1734 static int pc_col; 1735 1736 void 1737 edit_putchar(int c, int highlight) 1738 { 1739 int attr; 1740 1741 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1742 { 1743 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1744 validate_cursor(); 1745 if (highlight) 1746 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 1747 else 1748 attr = 0; 1749 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1750 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); 1751 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1752 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1753 #endif 1754 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1755 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1756 { 1757 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1758 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1759 if (has_mbyte) 1760 { 1761 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1762 1763 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1764 { 1765 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1766 --curwin->w_wcol; 1767 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1768 } 1769 } 1770 # endif 1771 } 1772 else 1773 #endif 1774 { 1775 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1777 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1778 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1779 #endif 1780 } 1781 1782 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1783 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1784 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1785 #endif 1786 { 1787 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1788 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1789 } 1790 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1791 } 1792 } 1793 1794 /* 1795 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1796 */ 1797 void 1798 edit_unputchar(void) 1799 { 1800 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1801 { 1802 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1803 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1804 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1805 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1806 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1807 else 1808 #endif 1809 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1810 } 1811 } 1812 1813 /* 1814 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1815 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1816 */ 1817 void 1818 display_dollar(colnr_T col) 1819 { 1820 colnr_T save_col; 1821 1822 if (!redrawing()) 1823 return; 1824 1825 cursor_off(); 1826 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1827 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1828 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1829 if (has_mbyte) 1830 { 1831 char_u *p; 1832 1833 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1834 p = ml_get_curline(); 1835 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1836 } 1837 #endif 1838 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1839 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) 1840 { 1841 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1842 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1843 } 1844 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1845 } 1846 1847 /* 1848 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1849 * in insert mode. 1850 */ 1851 static void 1852 undisplay_dollar(void) 1853 { 1854 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 1855 { 1856 dollar_vcol = -1; 1857 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1858 } 1859 } 1860 1861 /* 1862 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1863 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1864 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1865 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1866 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1867 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1868 */ 1869 void 1870 change_indent( 1871 int type, 1872 int amount, 1873 int round, 1874 int replaced, /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1875 int call_changed_bytes) /* call changed_bytes() */ 1876 { 1877 int vcol; 1878 int last_vcol; 1879 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1880 int new_cursor_col; 1881 int i; 1882 char_u *ptr; 1883 int save_p_list; 1884 int start_col; 1885 colnr_T vc; 1886 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1887 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1888 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1889 1890 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1891 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1892 { 1893 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1894 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1895 } 1896 #endif 1897 1898 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1899 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1900 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1901 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1902 vcol = vc; 1903 1904 /* 1905 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1906 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1907 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1908 */ 1909 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1910 1911 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1912 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1913 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1914 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1915 1916 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1917 1918 /* 1919 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1920 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1921 */ 1922 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1923 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1924 1925 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1926 start_col = -1; 1927 1928 /* 1929 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1930 */ 1931 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1932 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1933 else 1934 { 1935 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1936 int save_State = State; 1937 1938 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1939 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1940 State = INSERT; 1941 #endif 1942 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1943 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1944 State = save_State; 1945 #endif 1946 } 1947 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1948 1949 /* 1950 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1951 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1952 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1953 * non-blank character. 1954 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1955 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1956 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1957 */ 1958 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1959 { 1960 /* 1961 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1962 * Insstart_col to 0. 1963 */ 1964 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1965 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1966 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1967 } 1968 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1969 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1970 else 1971 { 1972 /* 1973 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1974 */ 1975 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1976 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1977 1978 /* 1979 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1980 */ 1981 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1982 new_cursor_col = -1; 1983 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 1984 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1985 { 1986 last_vcol = vcol; 1987 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1988 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 1989 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 1990 else 1991 #endif 1992 ++new_cursor_col; 1993 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 1994 } 1995 vcol = last_vcol; 1996 1997 /* 1998 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 1999 * the right screen column. 2000 */ 2001 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 2002 { 2003 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2004 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 2005 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 2006 if (ptr != NULL) 2007 { 2008 new_cursor_col += i; 2009 ptr[i] = NUL; 2010 while (--i >= 0) 2011 ptr[i] = ' '; 2012 ins_str(ptr); 2013 vim_free(ptr); 2014 } 2015 } 2016 2017 /* 2018 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 2019 * Insstart_col to 0. 2020 */ 2021 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 2022 } 2023 2024 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 2025 2026 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 2027 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 2028 else 2029 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 2030 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 2031 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 2032 2033 /* 2034 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 2035 */ 2036 if (State & INSERT) 2037 { 2038 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 2039 { 2040 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 2041 Insstart.col = 0; 2042 else 2043 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 2044 } 2045 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 2046 ai_col = 0; 2047 else 2048 ai_col -= insstart_less; 2049 } 2050 2051 /* 2052 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 2053 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 2054 * few characters from the replace stack. 2055 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 2056 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 2057 */ 2058 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 2059 { 2060 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 2061 { 2062 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2063 --start_col; 2064 } 2065 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 2066 { 2067 replace_push(NUL); 2068 if (replaced) 2069 { 2070 replace_push(replaced); 2071 replaced = NUL; 2072 } 2073 ++start_col; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 2078 /* 2079 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 2080 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 2081 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 2082 */ 2083 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 2084 { 2085 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 2086 * even if you can't backspace. */ 2087 if (orig_line == NULL) 2088 return; 2089 2090 /* Save new line */ 2091 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 2092 if (new_line == NULL) 2093 return; 2094 2095 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 2096 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 2097 2098 /* Put back original line */ 2099 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 2100 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 2101 2102 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 2103 backspace_until_column(0); 2104 2105 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 2106 ins_bytes(new_line); 2107 2108 vim_free(new_line); 2109 } 2110 #endif 2111 } 2112 2113 /* 2114 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 2115 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 2116 * modes. 2117 */ 2118 void 2119 truncate_spaces(char_u *line) 2120 { 2121 int i; 2122 2123 /* find start of trailing white space */ 2124 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) 2125 { 2126 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2127 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 2128 } 2129 line[i + 1] = NUL; 2130 } 2131 2132 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 2133 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 2134 /* 2135 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 2136 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2137 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2138 * character. 2139 */ 2140 void 2141 backspace_until_column(int col) 2142 { 2143 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2144 { 2145 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2146 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2147 replace_do_bs(col); 2148 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2149 break; 2150 } 2151 } 2152 #endif 2153 2154 /* 2155 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2156 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2157 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2158 */ 2159 static int 2160 del_char_after_col(int limit_col UNUSED) 2161 { 2162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2163 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2164 { 2165 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2166 2167 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2168 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2169 * composing character. */ 2170 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2171 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2172 { 2173 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2174 2175 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2176 break; 2177 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2178 } 2179 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2180 return FALSE; 2181 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2182 } 2183 else 2184 #endif 2185 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2186 return TRUE; 2187 } 2188 2189 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2190 /* 2191 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2192 */ 2193 static void 2194 ins_ctrl_x(void) 2195 { 2196 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2197 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2198 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2199 { 2200 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2201 * compl_cont_status */ 2202 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2203 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2204 else 2205 compl_cont_status = 0; 2206 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2207 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2208 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2209 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2210 showmode(); 2211 } 2212 } 2213 2214 /* 2215 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2216 */ 2217 static int 2218 has_compl_option(int dict_opt) 2219 { 2220 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2221 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2222 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2223 # endif 2224 ) 2225 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2226 { 2227 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2228 edit_submode = NULL; 2229 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2230 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2231 hl_attr(HLF_E)); 2232 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2233 { 2234 vim_beep(BO_COMPL); 2235 setcursor(); 2236 out_flush(); 2237 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2238 } 2239 return FALSE; 2240 } 2241 return TRUE; 2242 } 2243 2244 /* 2245 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2246 * This depends on the current mode. 2247 */ 2248 int 2249 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c) 2250 { 2251 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2252 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2253 return TRUE; 2254 2255 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2256 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2257 return TRUE; 2258 2259 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2260 { 2261 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2262 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2263 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2264 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2265 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2266 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2267 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2268 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2269 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); 2270 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2271 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2272 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2273 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2274 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2275 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2276 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2277 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2278 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2279 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2280 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2281 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2282 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2283 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2284 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2285 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2286 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2287 #endif 2288 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2289 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2290 || c == Ctrl_X); 2291 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2292 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2293 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2294 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2295 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2296 #endif 2297 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2298 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2299 case CTRL_X_EVAL: 2300 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2301 } 2302 internal_error("vim_is_ctrl_x_key()"); 2303 return FALSE; 2304 } 2305 2306 /* 2307 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2308 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2309 * is visible. 2310 */ 2311 static int 2312 ins_compl_accept_char(int c) 2313 { 2314 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2315 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2316 return vim_isIDc(c); 2317 2318 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2319 { 2320 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2321 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2322 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2323 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2324 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2325 2326 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2327 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2328 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2329 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2330 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); 2331 2332 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2333 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2334 return vim_isprintc(c); 2335 } 2336 return vim_iswordc(c); 2337 } 2338 2339 /* 2340 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2341 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2342 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2343 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2344 */ 2345 int 2346 ins_compl_add_infercase( 2347 char_u *str, 2348 int len, 2349 int icase, 2350 char_u *fname, 2351 int dir, 2352 int flags) 2353 { 2354 char_u *p; 2355 int i, c; 2356 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2357 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2358 int min_len; 2359 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2360 int has_lower = FALSE; 2361 int was_letter = FALSE; 2362 2363 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2364 { 2365 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2366 2367 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2369 if (has_mbyte) 2370 { 2371 p = str; 2372 actual_len = 0; 2373 while (*p != NUL) 2374 { 2375 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2376 ++actual_len; 2377 } 2378 } 2379 else 2380 #endif 2381 actual_len = len; 2382 2383 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2385 if (has_mbyte) 2386 { 2387 p = compl_orig_text; 2388 actual_compl_length = 0; 2389 while (*p != NUL) 2390 { 2391 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2392 ++actual_compl_length; 2393 } 2394 } 2395 else 2396 #endif 2397 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2398 2399 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2400 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2401 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2402 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2403 2404 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2405 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2406 if (wca != NULL) 2407 { 2408 p = str; 2409 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2410 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2411 if (has_mbyte) 2412 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2413 else 2414 #endif 2415 wca[i] = *(p++); 2416 2417 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2418 p = compl_orig_text; 2419 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2420 { 2421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2422 if (has_mbyte) 2423 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2424 else 2425 #endif 2426 c = *(p++); 2427 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2428 { 2429 has_lower = TRUE; 2430 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2431 { 2432 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2433 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2434 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2435 break; 2436 } 2437 } 2438 } 2439 2440 /* 2441 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2442 * upper case. 2443 */ 2444 if (!has_lower) 2445 { 2446 p = compl_orig_text; 2447 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2448 { 2449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2450 if (has_mbyte) 2451 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2452 else 2453 #endif 2454 c = *(p++); 2455 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2456 { 2457 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2458 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2459 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2460 break; 2461 } 2462 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2463 } 2464 } 2465 2466 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2467 p = compl_orig_text; 2468 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2469 { 2470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2471 if (has_mbyte) 2472 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2473 else 2474 #endif 2475 c = *(p++); 2476 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2477 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2478 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2479 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2480 } 2481 2482 /* 2483 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2484 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2485 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2486 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2487 */ 2488 p = IObuff; 2489 i = 0; 2490 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2492 if (has_mbyte) 2493 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2494 else 2495 #endif 2496 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2497 *p = NUL; 2498 2499 vim_free(wca); 2500 } 2501 2502 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2503 flags, FALSE); 2504 } 2505 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2506 } 2507 2508 /* 2509 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2510 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2511 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2512 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2513 */ 2514 static int 2515 ins_compl_add( 2516 char_u *str, 2517 int len, 2518 int icase, 2519 char_u *fname, 2520 char_u **cptext, /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2521 int cdir, 2522 int flags, 2523 int adup) /* accept duplicate match */ 2524 { 2525 compl_T *match; 2526 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2527 2528 ui_breakcheck(); 2529 if (got_int) 2530 return FAIL; 2531 if (len < 0) 2532 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2533 2534 /* 2535 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2536 */ 2537 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2538 { 2539 match = compl_first_match; 2540 do 2541 { 2542 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2543 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2544 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2545 return NOTDONE; 2546 match = match->cp_next; 2547 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2548 } 2549 2550 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2551 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2552 2553 /* 2554 * Allocate a new match structure. 2555 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2556 */ 2557 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2558 if (match == NULL) 2559 return FAIL; 2560 match->cp_number = -1; 2561 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2562 match->cp_number = 0; 2563 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2564 { 2565 vim_free(match); 2566 return FAIL; 2567 } 2568 match->cp_icase = icase; 2569 2570 /* match-fname is: 2571 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2572 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2573 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2574 if (fname != NULL 2575 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2576 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2577 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2578 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2579 else if (fname != NULL) 2580 { 2581 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2582 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2583 } 2584 else 2585 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2586 match->cp_flags = flags; 2587 2588 if (cptext != NULL) 2589 { 2590 int i; 2591 2592 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2593 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2594 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2595 } 2596 2597 /* 2598 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2599 */ 2600 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2601 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2602 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2603 { 2604 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2605 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2606 } 2607 else /* BACKWARD */ 2608 { 2609 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2610 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2611 } 2612 if (match->cp_next) 2613 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2614 if (match->cp_prev) 2615 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2616 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2617 compl_first_match = match; 2618 compl_curr_match = match; 2619 2620 /* 2621 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2622 */ 2623 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2624 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2625 2626 return OK; 2627 } 2628 2629 /* 2630 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2631 * match->cp_icase. 2632 */ 2633 static int 2634 ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len) 2635 { 2636 if (match->cp_icase) 2637 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2638 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2639 } 2640 2641 /* 2642 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2643 */ 2644 static void 2645 ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match) 2646 { 2647 char_u *p, *s; 2648 int c1, c2; 2649 int had_match; 2650 2651 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2652 { 2653 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2654 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2655 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2656 { 2657 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2658 ins_compl_delete(); 2659 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2660 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2661 2662 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2663 * again after redrawing. */ 2664 if (!had_match) 2665 ins_compl_delete(); 2666 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2667 } 2668 } 2669 else 2670 { 2671 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2672 p = compl_leader; 2673 s = match->cp_str; 2674 while (*p != NUL) 2675 { 2676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2677 if (has_mbyte) 2678 { 2679 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2680 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2681 } 2682 else 2683 #endif 2684 { 2685 c1 = *p; 2686 c2 = *s; 2687 } 2688 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2689 : (c1 != c2)) 2690 break; 2691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2692 if (has_mbyte) 2693 { 2694 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2695 mb_ptr_adv(s); 2696 } 2697 else 2698 #endif 2699 { 2700 ++p; 2701 ++s; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 if (*p != NUL) 2706 { 2707 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2708 *p = NUL; 2709 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2710 ins_compl_delete(); 2711 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2712 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2713 2714 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2715 * again after redrawing. */ 2716 if (!had_match) 2717 ins_compl_delete(); 2718 } 2719 2720 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2721 } 2722 } 2723 2724 /* 2725 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2726 * Frees matches[]. 2727 */ 2728 static void 2729 ins_compl_add_matches( 2730 int num_matches, 2731 char_u **matches, 2732 int icase) 2733 { 2734 int i; 2735 int add_r = OK; 2736 int dir = compl_direction; 2737 2738 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2739 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2740 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2741 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2742 dir = FORWARD; 2743 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2744 } 2745 2746 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2747 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2748 */ 2749 static int 2750 ins_compl_make_cyclic(void) 2751 { 2752 compl_T *match; 2753 int count = 0; 2754 2755 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2756 { 2757 /* 2758 * Find the end of the list. 2759 */ 2760 match = compl_first_match; 2761 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2762 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2763 { 2764 match = match->cp_next; 2765 ++count; 2766 } 2767 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2768 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2769 } 2770 return count; 2771 } 2772 2773 /* 2774 * Set variables that store noselect and noinsert behavior from the 2775 * 'completeopt' value. 2776 */ 2777 void 2778 completeopt_was_set(void) 2779 { 2780 compl_no_insert = FALSE; 2781 compl_no_select = FALSE; 2782 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL) 2783 compl_no_select = TRUE; 2784 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL) 2785 compl_no_insert = TRUE; 2786 } 2787 2788 /* 2789 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2790 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2791 * "list" is the list of matches. 2792 */ 2793 void 2794 set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list) 2795 { 2796 int save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 2797 2798 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2799 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2800 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2801 ins_compl_clear(); 2802 2803 compl_direction = FORWARD; 2804 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2805 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2806 compl_col = startcol; 2807 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2808 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2809 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2810 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2811 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2812 return; 2813 2814 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL; 2815 2816 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2817 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2818 compl_started = TRUE; 2819 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2820 compl_cont_status = 0; 2821 2822 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2823 if (compl_no_insert || compl_no_select) 2824 { 2825 ins_complete(K_DOWN, FALSE); 2826 if (compl_no_select) 2827 /* Down/Up has no real effect. */ 2828 ins_complete(K_UP, FALSE); 2829 } 2830 else 2831 ins_complete(Ctrl_N, FALSE); 2832 compl_enter_selects = compl_no_insert; 2833 2834 /* Lazily show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 2835 if (!compl_interrupted) 2836 show_pum(save_w_wrow); 2837 out_flush(); 2838 } 2839 2840 2841 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2842 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2843 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2844 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2845 2846 /* 2847 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2848 */ 2849 static void 2850 ins_compl_upd_pum(void) 2851 { 2852 int h; 2853 2854 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2855 { 2856 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2857 update_screen(0); 2858 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2859 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2860 } 2861 } 2862 2863 /* 2864 * Remove any popup menu. 2865 */ 2866 static void 2867 ins_compl_del_pum(void) 2868 { 2869 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2870 { 2871 pum_undisplay(); 2872 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2873 compl_match_array = NULL; 2874 } 2875 } 2876 2877 /* 2878 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2879 */ 2880 static int 2881 pum_wanted(void) 2882 { 2883 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2884 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2885 return FALSE; 2886 2887 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2888 if (t_colors < 8 2889 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2890 && !gui.in_use 2891 #endif 2892 ) 2893 return FALSE; 2894 return TRUE; 2895 } 2896 2897 /* 2898 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2899 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2900 */ 2901 static int 2902 pum_enough_matches(void) 2903 { 2904 compl_T *compl; 2905 int i; 2906 2907 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2908 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2909 compl = compl_first_match; 2910 i = 0; 2911 do 2912 { 2913 if (compl == NULL 2914 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2915 break; 2916 compl = compl->cp_next; 2917 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2918 2919 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2920 return (i >= 1); 2921 return (i >= 2); 2922 } 2923 2924 /* 2925 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2926 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2927 */ 2928 void 2929 ins_compl_show_pum(void) 2930 { 2931 compl_T *compl; 2932 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2933 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2934 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2935 int i; 2936 int cur = -1; 2937 colnr_T col; 2938 int lead_len = 0; 2939 2940 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2941 return; 2942 2943 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2944 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2945 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2946 #endif 2947 2948 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2949 update_screen(0); 2950 2951 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2952 { 2953 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2954 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2955 compl = compl_first_match; 2956 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2957 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2958 do 2959 { 2960 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2961 && (compl_leader == NULL 2962 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2963 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2964 compl = compl->cp_next; 2965 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2966 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 2967 return; 2968 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 2969 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 2970 * compl_match_arraysize)); 2971 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2972 { 2973 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 2974 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 2975 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2976 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2977 2978 i = 0; 2979 compl = compl_first_match; 2980 do 2981 { 2982 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2983 && (compl_leader == NULL 2984 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2985 { 2986 if (!shown_match_ok) 2987 { 2988 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 2989 { 2990 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 2991 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 2992 compl_shown_match = compl; 2993 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2994 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2995 } 2996 else 2997 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 2998 * shown match is just below it. */ 2999 shown_compl = compl; 3000 cur = i; 3001 } 3002 3003 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 3004 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 3005 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 3006 else 3007 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 3008 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 3009 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 3010 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 3011 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 3012 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 3013 else 3014 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 3015 } 3016 3017 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 3018 { 3019 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 3020 3021 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 3022 * compl_shown_match. */ 3023 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3024 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3025 3026 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 3027 { 3028 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 3029 * previously displayed match. */ 3030 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 3031 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 3032 } 3033 } 3034 compl = compl->cp_next; 3035 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 3036 3037 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 3038 cur = -1; 3039 } 3040 } 3041 else 3042 { 3043 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 3044 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 3045 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 3046 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 3047 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 3048 { 3049 cur = i; 3050 break; 3051 } 3052 } 3053 3054 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 3055 { 3056 /* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only 3057 * part of the screen would be updated. We do need to redraw here. */ 3058 dollar_vcol = -1; 3059 3060 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 3061 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 3062 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3063 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 3064 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 3065 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 3066 } 3067 } 3068 3069 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 3070 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 3071 3072 /* 3073 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 3074 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 3075 */ 3076 static void 3077 ins_compl_dictionaries( 3078 char_u *dict_start, 3079 char_u *pat, 3080 int flags, /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 3081 int thesaurus) /* Thesaurus completion */ 3082 { 3083 char_u *dict = dict_start; 3084 char_u *ptr; 3085 char_u *buf; 3086 regmatch_T regmatch; 3087 char_u **files; 3088 int count; 3089 int save_p_scs; 3090 int dir = compl_direction; 3091 3092 if (*dict == NUL) 3093 { 3094 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3095 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 3096 * "spell". */ 3097 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 3098 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 3099 else 3100 #endif 3101 return; 3102 } 3103 3104 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 3105 if (buf == NULL) 3106 return; 3107 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 3108 3109 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 3110 save_p_scs = p_scs; 3111 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 3112 p_scs = FALSE; 3113 3114 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 3115 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 3116 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 3117 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3118 { 3119 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 3120 size_t len; 3121 3122 if (pat_esc == NULL) 3123 goto theend; 3124 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 3125 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 3126 if (ptr == NULL) 3127 { 3128 vim_free(pat_esc); 3129 goto theend; 3130 } 3131 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 3132 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 3133 vim_free(pat_esc); 3134 vim_free(ptr); 3135 } 3136 else 3137 { 3138 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 3139 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 3140 goto theend; 3141 } 3142 3143 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 3144 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 3145 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 3146 { 3147 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 3148 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 3149 { 3150 count = 1; 3151 files = &dict; 3152 } 3153 else 3154 { 3155 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 3156 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 3157 * a modeline). */ 3158 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3159 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3160 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3161 count = -1; 3162 else 3163 # endif 3164 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3165 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3166 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3167 count = 0; 3168 } 3169 3170 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3171 if (count == -1) 3172 { 3173 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3174 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3175 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3176 ptr = pat + 2; 3177 else 3178 ptr = pat; 3179 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3180 } 3181 else 3182 # endif 3183 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3184 { 3185 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3186 ®match, buf, &dir); 3187 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3188 FreeWild(count, files); 3189 } 3190 if (flags != 0) 3191 break; 3192 } 3193 3194 theend: 3195 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3196 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3197 vim_free(buf); 3198 } 3199 3200 static void 3201 ins_compl_files( 3202 int count, 3203 char_u **files, 3204 int thesaurus, 3205 int flags, 3206 regmatch_T *regmatch, 3207 char_u *buf, 3208 int *dir) 3209 { 3210 char_u *ptr; 3211 int i; 3212 FILE *fp; 3213 int add_r; 3214 3215 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3216 { 3217 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3218 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3219 { 3220 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3221 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3222 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3223 } 3224 3225 if (fp != NULL) 3226 { 3227 /* 3228 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3229 * Check each line for a match. 3230 */ 3231 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3232 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3233 { 3234 ptr = buf; 3235 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3236 { 3237 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3238 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 3239 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3240 else 3241 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3242 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3243 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3244 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3245 if (thesaurus) 3246 { 3247 char_u *wstart; 3248 3249 /* 3250 * Add the other matches on the line 3251 */ 3252 ptr = buf; 3253 while (!got_int) 3254 { 3255 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3256 * space and punctuation. */ 3257 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3258 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3259 break; 3260 wstart = ptr; 3261 3262 /* Find end of the word. */ 3263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3264 if (has_mbyte) 3265 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3266 * different classes, only separate words 3267 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3268 while (*ptr != NUL) 3269 { 3270 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3271 3272 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3273 break; 3274 ptr += l; 3275 } 3276 else 3277 #endif 3278 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3279 3280 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3281 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3282 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3283 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3284 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3285 } 3286 } 3287 if (add_r == OK) 3288 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3289 *dir = FORWARD; 3290 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3291 break; 3292 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3293 * of line */ 3294 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3295 break; 3296 } 3297 line_breakcheck(); 3298 ins_compl_check_keys(50, FALSE); 3299 } 3300 fclose(fp); 3301 } 3302 } 3303 } 3304 3305 /* 3306 * Find the start of the next word. 3307 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3308 */ 3309 char_u * 3310 find_word_start(char_u *ptr) 3311 { 3312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3313 if (has_mbyte) 3314 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3315 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3316 else 3317 #endif 3318 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3319 ++ptr; 3320 return ptr; 3321 } 3322 3323 /* 3324 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3325 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3326 */ 3327 char_u * 3328 find_word_end(char_u *ptr) 3329 { 3330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3331 int start_class; 3332 3333 if (has_mbyte) 3334 { 3335 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3336 if (start_class > 1) 3337 while (*ptr != NUL) 3338 { 3339 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3340 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3341 break; 3342 } 3343 } 3344 else 3345 #endif 3346 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3347 ++ptr; 3348 return ptr; 3349 } 3350 3351 /* 3352 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3353 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3354 */ 3355 static char_u * 3356 find_line_end(char_u *ptr) 3357 { 3358 char_u *s; 3359 3360 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3361 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3362 --s; 3363 return s; 3364 } 3365 3366 /* 3367 * Free the list of completions 3368 */ 3369 static void 3370 ins_compl_free(void) 3371 { 3372 compl_T *match; 3373 int i; 3374 3375 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3376 compl_pattern = NULL; 3377 vim_free(compl_leader); 3378 compl_leader = NULL; 3379 3380 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3381 return; 3382 3383 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3384 pum_clear(); 3385 3386 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3387 do 3388 { 3389 match = compl_curr_match; 3390 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3391 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3392 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3393 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3394 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3395 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3396 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3397 vim_free(match); 3398 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3399 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3400 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3401 } 3402 3403 static void 3404 ins_compl_clear(void) 3405 { 3406 compl_cont_status = 0; 3407 compl_started = FALSE; 3408 compl_matches = 0; 3409 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3410 compl_pattern = NULL; 3411 vim_free(compl_leader); 3412 compl_leader = NULL; 3413 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3414 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3415 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3416 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3417 /* clear v:completed_item */ 3418 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 3419 } 3420 3421 /* 3422 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3423 */ 3424 int 3425 ins_compl_active(void) 3426 { 3427 return compl_started; 3428 } 3429 3430 /* 3431 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3432 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3433 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3434 * to be got from the user. 3435 */ 3436 static int 3437 ins_compl_bs(void) 3438 { 3439 char_u *line; 3440 char_u *p; 3441 3442 line = ml_get_curline(); 3443 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3444 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 3445 3446 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3447 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ 3448 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3449 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3450 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL) 3451 return K_BS; 3452 3453 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3454 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3455 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3456 || ins_compl_need_restart()) 3457 ins_compl_restart(); 3458 3459 vim_free(compl_leader); 3460 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3461 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3462 { 3463 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3464 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) 3465 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ 3466 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 3467 return NUL; 3468 } 3469 return K_BS; 3470 } 3471 3472 /* 3473 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to 3474 * be called. 3475 */ 3476 static int 3477 ins_compl_need_restart(void) 3478 { 3479 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the 3480 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ 3481 return compl_was_interrupted 3482 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 3483 && compl_opt_refresh_always); 3484 } 3485 3486 /* 3487 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3488 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3489 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3490 */ 3491 static void 3492 ins_compl_new_leader(void) 3493 { 3494 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3495 ins_compl_delete(); 3496 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3497 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3498 3499 if (compl_started) 3500 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3501 else 3502 { 3503 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3504 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3505 #endif 3506 /* 3507 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3508 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3509 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3510 */ 3511 update_screen(0); 3512 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3513 if (gui.in_use) 3514 { 3515 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3516 setcursor(); 3517 out_flush(); 3518 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3519 } 3520 #endif 3521 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3522 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N, TRUE) == FAIL) 3523 compl_cont_status = 0; 3524 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3525 } 3526 3527 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3528 3529 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3530 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3531 3532 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3533 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3534 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3535 } 3536 3537 /* 3538 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3539 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3540 */ 3541 static int 3542 ins_compl_len(void) 3543 { 3544 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3545 3546 if (off < 0) 3547 return 0; 3548 return off; 3549 } 3550 3551 /* 3552 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3553 * matches. 3554 */ 3555 static void 3556 ins_compl_addleader(int c) 3557 { 3558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3559 int cc; 3560 3561 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3562 { 3563 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3564 3565 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3566 buf[cc] = NUL; 3567 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3568 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3569 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 3570 } 3571 else 3572 #endif 3573 { 3574 ins_char(c); 3575 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) 3576 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 3577 } 3578 3579 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3580 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) 3581 ins_compl_restart(); 3582 3583 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, 3584 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would 3585 * break redo. */ 3586 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) 3587 { 3588 vim_free(compl_leader); 3589 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3590 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3591 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3592 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3593 } 3594 } 3595 3596 /* 3597 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3598 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3599 */ 3600 static void 3601 ins_compl_restart(void) 3602 { 3603 ins_compl_free(); 3604 compl_started = FALSE; 3605 compl_matches = 0; 3606 compl_cont_status = 0; 3607 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3608 } 3609 3610 /* 3611 * Set the first match, the original text. 3612 */ 3613 static void 3614 ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str) 3615 { 3616 char_u *p; 3617 3618 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3619 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3620 { 3621 p = vim_strsave(str); 3622 if (p != NULL) 3623 { 3624 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3625 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3626 } 3627 } 3628 } 3629 3630 /* 3631 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3632 * matches. 3633 */ 3634 static void 3635 ins_compl_addfrommatch(void) 3636 { 3637 char_u *p; 3638 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3639 int c; 3640 compl_T *cp; 3641 3642 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3643 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3644 { 3645 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3646 * the leader. */ 3647 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3648 { 3649 p = NULL; 3650 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3651 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3652 { 3653 if (compl_leader == NULL 3654 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3655 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3656 { 3657 p = cp->cp_str; 3658 break; 3659 } 3660 } 3661 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3662 return; 3663 } 3664 else 3665 return; 3666 } 3667 p += len; 3668 c = PTR2CHAR(p); 3669 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3670 } 3671 3672 /* 3673 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3674 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3675 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3676 */ 3677 static int 3678 ins_compl_prep(int c) 3679 { 3680 char_u *ptr; 3681 int want_cindent; 3682 int retval = FALSE; 3683 3684 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3685 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3686 */ 3687 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3688 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3689 3690 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3691 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3692 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3693 return retval; 3694 3695 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3696 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3697 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3698 { 3699 compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL); 3700 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3701 3702 } 3703 3704 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3705 { 3706 /* 3707 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3708 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3709 */ 3710 switch (c) 3711 { 3712 case Ctrl_E: 3713 case Ctrl_Y: 3714 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3715 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3716 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3717 else 3718 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3719 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3720 showmode(); 3721 break; 3722 case Ctrl_L: 3723 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3724 break; 3725 case Ctrl_F: 3726 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3727 break; 3728 case Ctrl_K: 3729 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3730 break; 3731 case Ctrl_R: 3732 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3733 break; 3734 case Ctrl_T: 3735 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3736 break; 3737 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3738 case Ctrl_U: 3739 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3740 break; 3741 case Ctrl_O: 3742 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3743 break; 3744 #endif 3745 case 's': 3746 case Ctrl_S: 3747 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3748 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3749 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3750 spell_back_to_badword(); 3751 --emsg_off; 3752 #endif 3753 break; 3754 case Ctrl_RSB: 3755 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3756 break; 3757 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3758 case Ctrl_I: 3759 case K_S_TAB: 3760 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3761 break; 3762 case Ctrl_D: 3763 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3764 break; 3765 #endif 3766 case Ctrl_V: 3767 case Ctrl_Q: 3768 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3769 break; 3770 case Ctrl_P: 3771 case Ctrl_N: 3772 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3773 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3774 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3775 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3776 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3777 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3778 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3779 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3780 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3781 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3782 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3783 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3784 default: 3785 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3786 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3787 * mode). 3788 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3789 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3790 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3791 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3792 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3793 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3794 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3795 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3796 { 3797 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3798 compl_cont_status = 0; 3799 else 3800 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3801 } 3802 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3803 edit_submode = NULL; 3804 showmode(); 3805 break; 3806 } 3807 } 3808 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3809 { 3810 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3811 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3812 { 3813 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3814 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3815 else 3816 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3817 edit_submode = NULL; 3818 } 3819 showmode(); 3820 } 3821 3822 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3823 { 3824 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3825 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3826 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3827 showmode(); 3828 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3829 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3830 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3831 { 3832 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3833 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3834 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3835 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3836 { 3837 /* 3838 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3839 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3840 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3841 * of the original text that has changed. 3842 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3843 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3844 */ 3845 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3846 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3847 else 3848 ptr = NULL; 3849 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); 3850 } 3851 3852 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3853 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3854 #endif 3855 /* 3856 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3857 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3858 */ 3859 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3860 { 3861 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3862 /* re-indent the current line */ 3863 if (want_cindent) 3864 { 3865 do_c_expr_indent(); 3866 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3867 } 3868 #endif 3869 } 3870 else 3871 { 3872 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3873 3874 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3875 if (prev_col > 0) 3876 dec_cursor(); 3877 /* only format when something was inserted */ 3878 if (!arrow_used && !ins_need_undo && c != Ctrl_E) 3879 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3880 if (prev_col > 0 3881 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3882 inc_cursor(); 3883 } 3884 3885 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3886 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3887 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3888 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3889 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3890 && pum_visible()) 3891 retval = TRUE; 3892 3893 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. 3894 * but only do this, if the Popup is still visible */ 3895 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3896 { 3897 ins_compl_delete(); 3898 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3899 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3900 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3901 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3902 retval = TRUE; 3903 } 3904 3905 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3906 3907 ins_compl_free(); 3908 compl_started = FALSE; 3909 compl_matches = 0; 3910 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 3911 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3912 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3913 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3914 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3915 { 3916 edit_submode = NULL; 3917 showmode(); 3918 } 3919 3920 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3921 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 3922 /* Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the 3923 * command line window. */ 3924 update_screen(0); 3925 #endif 3926 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3927 /* 3928 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3929 */ 3930 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3931 do_c_expr_indent(); 3932 #endif 3933 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3934 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3935 * upon the completion. */ 3936 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3937 #endif 3938 } 3939 } 3940 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3941 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) 3942 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act 3943 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ 3944 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3945 #endif 3946 3947 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3948 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3949 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3950 { 3951 compl_cont_status = 0; 3952 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3953 } 3954 3955 return retval; 3956 } 3957 3958 /* 3959 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed 3960 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. 3961 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. 3962 */ 3963 static void 3964 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg) 3965 { 3966 int len; 3967 char_u *p; 3968 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; 3969 3970 if (ptr == NULL) 3971 { 3972 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3973 ptr = compl_leader; 3974 else 3975 return; /* nothing to do */ 3976 } 3977 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 3978 { 3979 p = compl_orig_text; 3980 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) 3981 ; 3982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3983 if (len > 0) 3984 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); 3985 #endif 3986 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 3987 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 3988 } 3989 else 3990 len = 0; 3991 if (ptr != NULL) 3992 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); 3993 } 3994 3995 /* 3996 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 3997 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 3998 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 3999 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 4000 * 4001 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 4002 */ 4003 static buf_T * 4004 ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag) 4005 { 4006 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4007 static win_T *wp; 4008 #endif 4009 4010 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 4011 { 4012 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4013 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 4014 wp = curwin; 4015 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 4016 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 4017 ; 4018 buf = wp->w_buffer; 4019 #else 4020 buf = curbuf; 4021 #endif 4022 } 4023 else 4024 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 4025 * (unlisted buffers) 4026 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 4027 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 4028 && ((flag == 'U' 4029 ? buf->b_p_bl 4030 : (!buf->b_p_bl 4031 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 4032 || buf->b_scanned)) 4033 ; 4034 return buf; 4035 } 4036 4037 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4038 /* 4039 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 4040 * get matches in "matches". 4041 */ 4042 static void 4043 expand_by_function( 4044 int type, /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 4045 char_u *base) 4046 { 4047 list_T *matchlist = NULL; 4048 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; 4049 char_u *args[2]; 4050 char_u *funcname; 4051 pos_T pos; 4052 win_T *curwin_save; 4053 buf_T *curbuf_save; 4054 typval_T rettv; 4055 4056 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 4057 if (*funcname == NUL) 4058 return; 4059 4060 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 4061 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 4062 args[1] = base; 4063 4064 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4065 curwin_save = curwin; 4066 curbuf_save = curbuf; 4067 4068 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ 4069 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) 4070 { 4071 switch (rettv.v_type) 4072 { 4073 case VAR_LIST: 4074 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; 4075 break; 4076 case VAR_DICT: 4077 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; 4078 break; 4079 default: 4080 /* TODO: Give error message? */ 4081 clear_tv(&rettv); 4082 break; 4083 } 4084 } 4085 4086 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 4087 { 4088 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 4089 goto theend; 4090 } 4091 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 4092 validate_cursor(); 4093 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 4094 { 4095 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 4096 goto theend; 4097 } 4098 4099 if (matchlist != NULL) 4100 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 4101 else if (matchdict != NULL) 4102 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); 4103 4104 theend: 4105 if (matchdict != NULL) 4106 dict_unref(matchdict); 4107 if (matchlist != NULL) 4108 list_unref(matchlist); 4109 } 4110 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 4111 4112 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 4113 /* 4114 * Add completions from a list. 4115 */ 4116 static void 4117 ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list) 4118 { 4119 listitem_T *li; 4120 int dir = compl_direction; 4121 4122 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 4123 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 4124 { 4125 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 4126 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 4127 dir = FORWARD; 4128 else if (did_emsg) 4129 break; 4130 } 4131 } 4132 4133 /* 4134 * Add completions from a dict. 4135 */ 4136 static void 4137 ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict) 4138 { 4139 dictitem_T *di_refresh; 4140 dictitem_T *di_words; 4141 4142 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ 4143 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 4144 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); 4145 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 4146 { 4147 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; 4148 4149 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) 4150 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; 4151 } 4152 4153 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ 4154 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); 4155 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 4156 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); 4157 } 4158 4159 /* 4160 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 4161 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 4162 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 4163 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 4164 */ 4165 int 4166 ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *tv, int dir) 4167 { 4168 char_u *word; 4169 int icase = FALSE; 4170 int adup = FALSE; 4171 int aempty = FALSE; 4172 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 4173 4174 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 4175 { 4176 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 4177 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4178 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 4179 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4180 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 4181 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4182 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 4183 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 4184 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 4185 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 4186 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 4187 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 4188 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 4189 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) 4190 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); 4191 } 4192 else 4193 { 4194 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 4195 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 4196 } 4197 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) 4198 return FAIL; 4199 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 4200 } 4201 #endif 4202 4203 /* 4204 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 4205 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 4206 * compl_direction. 4207 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 4208 * where we stopped searching before. 4209 * This may return before finding all the matches. 4210 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 4211 */ 4212 static int 4213 ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini) 4214 { 4215 static pos_T first_match_pos; 4216 static pos_T last_match_pos; 4217 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 4218 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 4219 certain type. */ 4220 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 4221 4222 pos_T *pos; 4223 char_u **matches; 4224 int save_p_scs; 4225 int save_p_ws; 4226 int save_p_ic; 4227 int i; 4228 int num_matches; 4229 int len; 4230 int found_new_match; 4231 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 4232 char_u *ptr; 4233 char_u *dict = NULL; 4234 int dict_f = 0; 4235 compl_T *old_match; 4236 int set_match_pos; 4237 4238 if (!compl_started) 4239 { 4240 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(ins_buf) 4241 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 4242 found_all = FALSE; 4243 ins_buf = curbuf; 4244 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 4245 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 4246 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 4247 } 4248 4249 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 4250 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 4251 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 4252 for (;;) 4253 { 4254 found_new_match = FAIL; 4255 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4256 4257 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 4258 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 4259 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 4260 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4261 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 4262 { 4263 found_all = FALSE; 4264 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 4265 e_cpt++; 4266 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 4267 { 4268 ins_buf = curbuf; 4269 first_match_pos = *ini; 4270 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ 4271 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) 4272 dec(&first_match_pos); 4273 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 4274 type = 0; 4275 4276 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we 4277 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ 4278 set_match_pos = TRUE; 4279 } 4280 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 4281 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 4282 { 4283 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 4284 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 4285 { 4286 compl_started = TRUE; 4287 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4288 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4289 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4290 type = 0; 4291 } 4292 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4293 { 4294 found_all = TRUE; 4295 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4296 continue; 4297 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4298 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4299 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4300 } 4301 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4302 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4303 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4304 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4305 ? ins_buf->b_fname 4306 : ins_buf->b_sfname); 4307 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4308 } 4309 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4310 break; 4311 else 4312 { 4313 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4314 type = -1; 4315 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4316 { 4317 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4318 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4319 else 4320 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4321 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4322 { 4323 dict = e_cpt; 4324 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4325 } 4326 } 4327 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4328 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4329 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4330 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4331 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4332 #endif 4333 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4334 { 4335 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4336 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4337 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4338 } 4339 else 4340 type = -1; 4341 4342 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4343 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4344 4345 found_all = TRUE; 4346 if (type == -1) 4347 continue; 4348 } 4349 } 4350 4351 switch (type) 4352 { 4353 case -1: 4354 break; 4355 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4356 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4357 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4358 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4359 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4360 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4361 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4362 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4363 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4364 break; 4365 #endif 4366 4367 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4368 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4369 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4370 dict != NULL ? dict 4371 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4372 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4373 ? p_tsr 4374 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4375 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4376 ? p_dict 4377 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4378 compl_pattern, 4379 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4380 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4381 dict = NULL; 4382 break; 4383 4384 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4385 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4386 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4387 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4388 4389 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4390 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4391 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4392 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4393 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4394 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4395 { 4396 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4397 } 4398 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4399 break; 4400 4401 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4402 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4403 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4404 { 4405 4406 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4407 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4408 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); 4409 } 4410 break; 4411 4412 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4413 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4414 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4415 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4416 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4417 break; 4418 4419 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4420 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4421 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4422 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4423 break; 4424 #endif 4425 4426 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4427 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4428 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4429 compl_pattern, &matches); 4430 if (num_matches > 0) 4431 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4432 #endif 4433 break; 4434 4435 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4436 /* 4437 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4438 */ 4439 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4440 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4441 p_scs = FALSE; 4442 4443 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4444 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4445 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4446 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4447 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4448 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4449 p_ws = FALSE; 4450 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4451 p_ws = TRUE; 4452 for (;;) 4453 { 4454 int flags = 0; 4455 4456 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4457 4458 /* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4459 * || word-wise search that 4460 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4461 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) 4462 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4463 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4464 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4465 else 4466 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4467 compl_direction, 4468 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4469 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); 4470 --msg_silent; 4471 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) 4472 { 4473 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4474 compl_started = TRUE; 4475 first_match_pos = *pos; 4476 last_match_pos = *pos; 4477 set_match_pos = FALSE; 4478 } 4479 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4480 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4481 found_new_match = FAIL; 4482 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4483 { 4484 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4485 found_all = TRUE; 4486 break; 4487 } 4488 4489 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4490 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4491 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4492 && ini->col == pos->col) 4493 continue; 4494 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4495 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4496 { 4497 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4498 { 4499 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4500 continue; 4501 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4502 if (!p_paste) 4503 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4504 } 4505 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4506 } 4507 else 4508 { 4509 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4510 4511 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4512 { 4513 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4514 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4515 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4516 continue; 4517 /* Find start of next word. */ 4518 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4519 } 4520 /* Find end of this word. */ 4521 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4522 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4523 4524 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4525 && len == compl_length) 4526 { 4527 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4528 { 4529 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4530 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4531 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4532 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4533 * works -- Acevedo */ 4534 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4535 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4536 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4537 /* Find start of next word. */ 4538 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4539 /* Find end of next word. */ 4540 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4541 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4542 { 4543 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4544 { 4545 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4546 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4547 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4548 if (p_js 4549 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4550 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4551 == NULL 4552 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4553 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4554 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4555 } 4556 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4557 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4558 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4559 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4560 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4561 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4562 } 4563 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4564 ptr = IObuff; 4565 } 4566 if (len == compl_length) 4567 continue; 4568 } 4569 } 4570 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4571 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4572 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4573 { 4574 found_new_match = OK; 4575 break; 4576 } 4577 } 4578 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4579 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4580 } 4581 4582 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4583 * expansion added something) */ 4584 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) 4585 found_new_match = OK; 4586 4587 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4588 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4589 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4590 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4591 { 4592 if (got_int) 4593 break; 4594 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4595 if (type != -1) 4596 ins_compl_check_keys(0, FALSE); 4597 4598 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4599 || compl_interrupted) 4600 break; 4601 compl_started = TRUE; 4602 } 4603 else 4604 { 4605 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4606 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4607 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4608 4609 compl_started = FALSE; 4610 } 4611 } 4612 compl_started = TRUE; 4613 4614 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 4615 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4616 found_new_match = FAIL; 4617 4618 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4619 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4620 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))) 4621 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4622 4623 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4624 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next 4625 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4626 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next 4627 : old_match->cp_prev; 4628 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4629 compl_curr_match = old_match; 4630 return i; 4631 } 4632 4633 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4634 static void 4635 ins_compl_delete(void) 4636 { 4637 int col; 4638 4639 /* 4640 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4641 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4642 */ 4643 col = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4644 if ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 4645 { 4646 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4647 return; 4648 backspace_until_column(col); 4649 } 4650 4651 /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything causes 4652 * flicker, thus we can't do that. */ 4653 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4654 /* clear v:completed_item */ 4655 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 4656 } 4657 4658 /* 4659 * Insert the new text being completed. 4660 * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(). 4661 */ 4662 static void 4663 ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func) 4664 { 4665 dict_T *dict; 4666 4667 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4668 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4669 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4670 else 4671 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4672 4673 /* Set completed item. */ 4674 /* { word, abbr, menu, kind, info } */ 4675 dict = dict_alloc(); 4676 if (dict != NULL) 4677 { 4678 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "word", 0L, 4679 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_str)); 4680 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "abbr", 0L, 4681 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])); 4682 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "menu", 0L, 4683 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU])); 4684 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "kind", 0L, 4685 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND])); 4686 dict_add_nr_str(dict, "info", 0L, 4687 EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO])); 4688 } 4689 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict); 4690 if (!in_compl_func) 4691 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 4692 } 4693 4694 /* 4695 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4696 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4697 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4698 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4699 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4700 * through the ones found so far. 4701 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4702 * 4703 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4704 * compl_shown_match here. 4705 * 4706 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4707 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4708 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4709 */ 4710 static int 4711 ins_compl_next( 4712 int allow_get_expansion, 4713 int count, /* repeat completion this many times; should 4714 be at least 1 */ 4715 int insert_match, /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4716 int in_compl_func) /* called from complete_check() */ 4717 { 4718 int num_matches = -1; 4719 int i; 4720 int todo = count; 4721 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4722 int found_end = FALSE; 4723 int advance; 4724 int started = compl_started; 4725 4726 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next 4727 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ 4728 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) 4729 return -1; 4730 4731 if (compl_leader != NULL 4732 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4733 { 4734 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4735 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4736 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4737 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4738 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4739 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4740 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4741 4742 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4743 * backward, find the last match. */ 4744 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4745 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4746 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4747 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4748 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4749 { 4750 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4751 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4752 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4753 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4754 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4755 } 4756 } 4757 4758 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4759 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4760 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4761 ins_compl_delete(); 4762 4763 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4764 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4765 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4766 4767 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4768 if (compl_restarting) 4769 { 4770 advance = FALSE; 4771 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4772 } 4773 4774 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4775 * around. */ 4776 while (--todo >= 0) 4777 { 4778 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4779 { 4780 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4781 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4782 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4783 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4784 } 4785 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4786 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4787 { 4788 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4789 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4790 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4791 } 4792 else 4793 { 4794 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4795 { 4796 if (advance) 4797 { 4798 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4799 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4800 else 4801 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4802 } 4803 return -1; 4804 } 4805 4806 if (!compl_no_select && advance) 4807 { 4808 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4809 --compl_pending; 4810 else 4811 ++compl_pending; 4812 } 4813 4814 /* Find matches. */ 4815 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4816 4817 /* handle any pending completions */ 4818 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4819 && advance) 4820 { 4821 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4822 { 4823 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4824 --compl_pending; 4825 } 4826 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4827 { 4828 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4829 ++compl_pending; 4830 } 4831 else 4832 break; 4833 } 4834 found_end = FALSE; 4835 } 4836 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4837 && compl_leader != NULL 4838 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4839 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4840 ++todo; 4841 else 4842 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4843 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4844 4845 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4846 if (found_end) 4847 { 4848 if (found_compl != NULL) 4849 { 4850 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4851 break; 4852 } 4853 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4854 } 4855 } 4856 4857 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4858 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4859 { 4860 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 4861 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4862 } 4863 else if (insert_match) 4864 { 4865 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4866 ins_compl_insert(in_compl_func); 4867 else 4868 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4869 } 4870 else 4871 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4872 4873 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4874 { 4875 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4876 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4877 4878 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4879 update_screen(0); 4880 4881 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4882 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4883 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4884 if (gui.in_use) 4885 { 4886 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4887 setcursor(); 4888 out_flush(); 4889 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4890 } 4891 #endif 4892 4893 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4894 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4895 ins_compl_delete(); 4896 } 4897 4898 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4899 * menu is visible. */ 4900 if (compl_no_insert && !started) 4901 compl_enter_selects = TRUE; 4902 else 4903 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4904 4905 /* 4906 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4907 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4908 */ 4909 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4910 { 4911 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); 4912 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; 4913 if (i <= 0) 4914 i = 0; 4915 else 4916 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); 4917 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); 4918 msg(IObuff); 4919 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4920 } 4921 4922 return num_matches; 4923 } 4924 4925 /* 4926 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4927 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4928 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4929 * possible. -- webb 4930 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4931 * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(), don't set 4932 * compl_curr_match. 4933 */ 4934 void 4935 ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency, int in_compl_func) 4936 { 4937 static int count = 0; 4938 4939 int c; 4940 4941 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 4942 * scripts */ 4943 if (using_script()) 4944 return; 4945 4946 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 4947 if (++count < frequency) 4948 return; 4949 count = 0; 4950 4951 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 4952 * can't do its work correctly. */ 4953 c = vpeekc_any(); 4954 if (c != NUL) 4955 { 4956 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 4957 { 4958 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 4959 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4960 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 4961 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN, in_compl_func); 4962 } 4963 else 4964 { 4965 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 4966 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 4967 c = safe_vgetc(); 4968 if (c != K_IGNORE) 4969 { 4970 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 4971 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 4972 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 4973 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 4974 4975 vungetc(c); 4976 } 4977 } 4978 } 4979 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert) 4980 { 4981 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 4982 4983 compl_pending = 0; 4984 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE, in_compl_func); 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 /* 4989 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 4990 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 4991 */ 4992 static int 4993 ins_compl_key2dir(int c) 4994 { 4995 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 4996 || c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP) 4997 return BACKWARD; 4998 return FORWARD; 4999 } 5000 5001 /* 5002 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 5003 * is visible. 5004 */ 5005 static int 5006 ins_compl_pum_key(int c) 5007 { 5008 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 5009 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 5010 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 5011 } 5012 5013 /* 5014 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 5015 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 5016 */ 5017 static int 5018 ins_compl_key2count(int c) 5019 { 5020 int h; 5021 5022 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 5023 { 5024 h = pum_get_height(); 5025 if (h > 3) 5026 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 5027 return h; 5028 } 5029 return 1; 5030 } 5031 5032 /* 5033 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 5034 * to change the currently selected completion. 5035 */ 5036 static int 5037 ins_compl_use_match(int c) 5038 { 5039 switch (c) 5040 { 5041 case K_UP: 5042 case K_DOWN: 5043 case K_PAGEDOWN: 5044 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 5045 case K_S_DOWN: 5046 case K_PAGEUP: 5047 case K_KPAGEUP: 5048 case K_S_UP: 5049 return FALSE; 5050 } 5051 return TRUE; 5052 } 5053 5054 /* 5055 * Do Insert mode completion. 5056 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 5057 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 5058 */ 5059 static int 5060 ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum) 5061 { 5062 char_u *line; 5063 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 5064 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 5065 int n; 5066 int save_w_wrow; 5067 int insert_match; 5068 5069 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 5070 insert_match = ins_compl_use_match(c); 5071 5072 if (!compl_started) 5073 { 5074 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 5075 5076 did_ai = FALSE; 5077 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5078 did_si = FALSE; 5079 can_si = FALSE; 5080 can_si_back = FALSE; 5081 #endif 5082 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5083 return FAIL; 5084 5085 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5086 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5087 compl_pending = 0; 5088 5089 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 5090 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 5091 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 5092 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 5093 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 5094 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 5095 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 5096 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 5097 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 5098 { 5099 /* 5100 * it is a continued search 5101 */ 5102 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 5103 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5104 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5105 { 5106 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5107 { 5108 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 5109 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 5110 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 5111 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 5112 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 5113 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5114 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5115 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 5116 } 5117 else 5118 { 5119 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 5120 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 5121 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 5122 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5123 { 5124 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 5125 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 5126 line + compl_length 5127 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 5128 } 5129 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 5130 } 5131 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 5132 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 5133 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 5134 #define MIN_SPACE 75 5135 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 5136 { 5137 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 5138 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 5139 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 5140 } 5141 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5142 if (compl_length < 1) 5143 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5144 } 5145 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5146 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 5147 else 5148 compl_cont_status = 0; 5149 } 5150 else 5151 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 5152 5153 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 5154 { 5155 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 5156 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 5157 compl_cont_status = 0; 5158 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 5159 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 5160 startcol = (int)curs_col; 5161 compl_col = 0; 5162 } 5163 5164 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 5165 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 5166 { 5167 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 5168 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 5169 { 5170 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 5171 { 5172 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 5173 ; 5174 compl_col += ++startcol; 5175 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 5176 } 5177 if (p_ic) 5178 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 5179 compl_length, NULL, 0); 5180 else 5181 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 5182 compl_length); 5183 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5184 return FAIL; 5185 } 5186 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5187 { 5188 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 5189 5190 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 5191 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5192 compl_length) + 2); 5193 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5194 return FAIL; 5195 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 5196 || (compl_col > 0 5197 && ( 5198 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5199 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 5200 #else 5201 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 5202 #endif 5203 ))) 5204 prefix = (char_u *)""; 5205 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 5206 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 5207 line + compl_col, compl_length); 5208 } 5209 else if (--startcol < 0 || 5210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5211 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 5212 #else 5213 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 5214 #endif 5215 ) 5216 { 5217 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 5218 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 5219 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5220 return FAIL; 5221 compl_col += curs_col; 5222 compl_length = 0; 5223 } 5224 else 5225 { 5226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5227 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 5228 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 5229 if (has_mbyte) 5230 { 5231 int base_class; 5232 int head_off; 5233 5234 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5235 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 5236 while (--startcol >= 0) 5237 { 5238 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 5239 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 5240 - head_off)) 5241 break; 5242 startcol -= head_off; 5243 } 5244 } 5245 else 5246 #endif 5247 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 5248 ; 5249 compl_col += ++startcol; 5250 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5251 if (compl_length == 1) 5252 { 5253 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 5254 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 5255 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 5256 */ 5257 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 5258 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5259 return FAIL; 5260 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5261 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 5262 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 5263 } 5264 else 5265 { 5266 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 5267 compl_length) + 2); 5268 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5269 return FAIL; 5270 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 5271 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 5272 compl_length); 5273 } 5274 } 5275 } 5276 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5277 { 5278 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 5279 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 5280 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 5281 compl_length = 0; 5282 if (p_ic) 5283 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5284 NULL, 0); 5285 else 5286 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5287 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5288 return FAIL; 5289 } 5290 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 5291 { 5292 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ 5293 if (startcol > 0) 5294 { 5295 char_u *p = line + startcol; 5296 5297 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 5298 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5299 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 5300 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) 5301 startcol = 0; 5302 else 5303 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; 5304 } 5305 5306 compl_col += startcol; 5307 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 5308 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 5309 EXPAND_FILES); 5310 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5311 return FAIL; 5312 } 5313 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 5314 { 5315 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 5316 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5317 return FAIL; 5318 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 5319 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col, FALSE); 5320 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 5321 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 5322 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 5323 * "pattern not found" message. */ 5324 compl_col = curs_col; 5325 else 5326 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 5327 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5328 } 5329 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 5330 { 5331 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 5332 /* 5333 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 5334 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 5335 */ 5336 char_u *args[2]; 5337 int col; 5338 char_u *funcname; 5339 pos_T pos; 5340 win_T *curwin_save; 5341 buf_T *curbuf_save; 5342 5343 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 5344 * string */ 5345 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5346 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5347 if (*funcname == NUL) 5348 { 5349 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5350 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5351 return FAIL; 5352 } 5353 5354 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5355 args[1] = NULL; 5356 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5357 curwin_save = curwin; 5358 curbuf_save = curbuf; 5359 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5360 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) 5361 { 5362 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); 5363 return FAIL; 5364 } 5365 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5366 validate_cursor(); 5367 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) 5368 { 5369 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); 5370 return FAIL; 5371 } 5372 5373 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to 5374 * cancel the complete without an error. 5375 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ 5376 if (col == -2) 5377 return FAIL; 5378 if (col == -3) 5379 { 5380 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 5381 edit_submode = NULL; 5382 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5383 msg_clr_cmdline(); 5384 return FAIL; 5385 } 5386 5387 /* 5388 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new 5389 * completion. 5390 */ 5391 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; 5392 5393 if (col < 0) 5394 col = curs_col; 5395 compl_col = col; 5396 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5397 compl_col = curs_col; 5398 5399 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5400 * it may have become invalid. */ 5401 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5402 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5403 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5404 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5405 #endif 5406 return FAIL; 5407 } 5408 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5409 { 5410 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5411 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5412 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5413 else 5414 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5415 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5416 { 5417 compl_length = 0; 5418 compl_col = curs_col; 5419 } 5420 else 5421 { 5422 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5423 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5424 } 5425 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5426 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5427 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5428 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5429 #endif 5430 return FAIL; 5431 } 5432 else 5433 { 5434 internal_error("ins_complete()"); 5435 return FAIL; 5436 } 5437 5438 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5439 { 5440 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5441 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) 5442 { 5443 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5444 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5445 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5446 5447 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5448 #endif 5449 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5450 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5451 ins_eol('\r'); 5452 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5453 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5454 #endif 5455 compl_length = 0; 5456 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5457 } 5458 } 5459 else 5460 { 5461 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5462 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5463 } 5464 5465 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5466 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5467 else 5468 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5469 5470 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix 5471 * the redo buffer. */ 5472 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); 5473 5474 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5475 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5476 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5477 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5478 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5479 { 5480 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5481 compl_pattern = NULL; 5482 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5483 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5484 return FAIL; 5485 } 5486 5487 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5488 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5489 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5490 */ 5491 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5492 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5493 showmode(); 5494 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5495 out_flush(); 5496 } 5497 else if (insert_match && stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5498 return FAIL; 5499 5500 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5501 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5502 5503 /* 5504 * Find next match (and following matches). 5505 */ 5506 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5507 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), insert_match, FALSE); 5508 5509 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5510 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5511 5512 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5513 compl_matches = n; 5514 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5515 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5516 5517 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5518 * mode. */ 5519 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5520 { 5521 (void)vgetc(); 5522 got_int = FALSE; 5523 } 5524 5525 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5526 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5527 { 5528 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5529 && compl_length > 1 5530 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5531 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5532 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5533 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5534 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5535 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5536 if ( compl_length > 1 5537 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5538 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5539 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5540 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5541 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5542 } 5543 5544 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5545 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5546 else 5547 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5548 5549 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5550 { 5551 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5552 { 5553 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5554 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5555 } 5556 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5557 { 5558 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5559 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5560 } 5561 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5562 { 5563 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5564 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5565 } 5566 else 5567 { 5568 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5569 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5570 { 5571 int number = 0; 5572 compl_T *match; 5573 5574 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5575 { 5576 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5577 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5578 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5579 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5580 && match != compl_first_match; 5581 match = match->cp_prev) 5582 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5583 { 5584 number = match->cp_number; 5585 break; 5586 } 5587 if (match != NULL) 5588 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5589 * yet */ 5590 for (match = match->cp_next; 5591 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5592 match = match->cp_next) 5593 match->cp_number = ++number; 5594 } 5595 else /* BACKWARD */ 5596 { 5597 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5598 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5599 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5600 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5601 && match != compl_first_match; 5602 match = match->cp_next) 5603 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5604 { 5605 number = match->cp_number; 5606 break; 5607 } 5608 if (match != NULL) 5609 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5610 * assigned yet */ 5611 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5612 && match->cp_number == -1; 5613 match = match->cp_prev) 5614 match->cp_number = ++number; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 5618 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5619 * just a safety check. */ 5620 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5621 { 5622 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5623 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5624 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5625 5626 if (compl_matches > 0) 5627 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5628 _("match %d of %d"), 5629 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5630 else 5631 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5632 _("match %d"), 5633 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5634 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5635 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5636 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) 5637 curs_columns(FALSE); 5638 } 5639 } 5640 } 5641 5642 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5643 showmode(); 5644 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 5645 { 5646 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5647 { 5648 if (!p_smd) 5649 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5650 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5651 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5652 } 5653 else 5654 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5655 } 5656 5657 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5658 if (enable_pum && !compl_interrupted) 5659 { 5660 show_pum(save_w_wrow); 5661 } 5662 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5663 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5664 5665 return OK; 5666 } 5667 5668 static void 5669 show_pum(int save_w_wrow) 5670 { 5671 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5672 int n = RedrawingDisabled; 5673 5674 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5675 5676 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ 5677 setcursor(); 5678 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) 5679 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5680 5681 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5682 setcursor(); 5683 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5684 } 5685 5686 /* 5687 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5688 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5689 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5690 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5691 */ 5692 static unsigned 5693 quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len) 5694 { 5695 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5696 5697 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5698 { 5699 switch (*src) 5700 { 5701 case '.': 5702 case '*': 5703 case '[': 5704 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5705 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5706 break; 5707 case '~': 5708 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5709 break; 5710 case '\\': 5711 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5712 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5713 break; 5714 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5715 case '$': 5716 m++; 5717 if (dest != NULL) 5718 *dest++ = '\\'; 5719 break; 5720 } 5721 if (dest != NULL) 5722 *dest++ = *src; 5723 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5724 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5725 if (has_mbyte) 5726 { 5727 int i, mb_len; 5728 5729 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5730 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5731 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5732 { 5733 --len; 5734 ++src; 5735 if (dest != NULL) 5736 *dest++ = *src; 5737 } 5738 } 5739 # endif 5740 } 5741 if (dest != NULL) 5742 *dest = NUL; 5743 5744 return m; 5745 } 5746 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5747 5748 /* 5749 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5750 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5751 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5752 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5753 */ 5754 int 5755 get_literal(void) 5756 { 5757 int cc; 5758 int nc; 5759 int i; 5760 int hex = FALSE; 5761 int octal = FALSE; 5762 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5763 int unicode = 0; 5764 #endif 5765 5766 if (got_int) 5767 return Ctrl_C; 5768 5769 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5770 /* 5771 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5772 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5773 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5774 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5775 */ 5776 if (gui.in_use) 5777 ++allow_keys; 5778 #endif 5779 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5780 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5781 #endif 5782 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5783 cc = 0; 5784 i = 0; 5785 for (;;) 5786 { 5787 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5788 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5789 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5790 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5791 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5792 # endif 5793 ) 5794 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5795 #endif 5796 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5797 hex = TRUE; 5798 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5799 octal = TRUE; 5800 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5801 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5802 unicode = nc; 5803 #endif 5804 else 5805 { 5806 if (hex 5807 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5808 || unicode != 0 5809 #endif 5810 ) 5811 { 5812 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5813 break; 5814 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5815 } 5816 else if (octal) 5817 { 5818 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5819 break; 5820 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5821 } 5822 else 5823 { 5824 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5825 break; 5826 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5827 } 5828 5829 ++i; 5830 } 5831 5832 if (cc > 255 5833 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5834 && unicode == 0 5835 #endif 5836 ) 5837 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5838 nc = 0; 5839 5840 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5841 { 5842 if (i >= 2) 5843 break; 5844 } 5845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5846 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5847 { 5848 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5849 break; 5850 } 5851 #endif 5852 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5853 break; 5854 } 5855 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5856 { 5857 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5858 { 5859 cc = '\n'; 5860 nc = 0; 5861 } 5862 else 5863 { 5864 cc = nc; 5865 nc = 0; 5866 } 5867 } 5868 5869 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5870 cc = '\n'; 5871 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5872 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5873 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5874 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5875 #endif 5876 5877 --no_mapping; 5878 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5879 if (gui.in_use) 5880 --allow_keys; 5881 #endif 5882 if (nc) 5883 vungetc(nc); 5884 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5885 return cc; 5886 } 5887 5888 /* 5889 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5890 */ 5891 static void 5892 insert_special( 5893 int c, 5894 int allow_modmask, 5895 int ctrlv) /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5896 { 5897 char_u *p; 5898 int len; 5899 5900 /* 5901 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5902 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5903 * mode. 5904 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5905 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5906 */ 5907 #ifdef MACOS 5908 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5909 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5910 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5911 #endif 5912 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5913 { 5914 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5915 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5916 c = p[len - 1]; 5917 if (len > 2) 5918 { 5919 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5920 return; 5921 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5922 ins_str(p); 5923 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5924 ctrlv = FALSE; 5925 } 5926 } 5927 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 5928 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 5929 } 5930 5931 /* 5932 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 5933 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 5934 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 5935 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 5936 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 5937 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 5938 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 5939 */ 5940 #ifdef EBCDIC 5941 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5942 #else 5943 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5944 #endif 5945 5946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5947 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 5948 #else 5949 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) 5950 #endif 5951 5952 /* 5953 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting 5954 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V 5955 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' 5956 * 5957 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, 5958 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: 5959 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments 5960 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent 5961 */ 5962 void 5963 insertchar( 5964 int c, /* character to insert or NUL */ 5965 int flags, /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 5966 int second_indent) /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 5967 { 5968 int textwidth; 5969 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5970 char_u *p; 5971 #endif 5972 int fo_ins_blank; 5973 int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT; 5974 5975 textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format); 5976 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5977 5978 /* 5979 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 5980 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 5981 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 5982 * ends in white space. 5983 * - Otherwise: 5984 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 5985 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 5986 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 5987 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 5988 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 5989 * before the insert. 5990 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 5991 * before 'textwidth' 5992 */ 5993 if (textwidth > 0 5994 && (force_format 5995 || (!vim_iswhite(c) 5996 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5997 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5998 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5999 #endif 6000 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 6001 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6002 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 6003 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6004 && (!fo_ins_blank 6005 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 6006 )))))) 6007 { 6008 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 6009 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 6010 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 6011 int do_internal = TRUE; 6012 colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6013 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6014 6015 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0 6016 && (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) 6017 { 6018 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 6019 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 6020 * was called. */ 6021 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 6022 } 6023 if (do_internal) 6024 #endif 6025 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 6026 } 6027 6028 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 6029 return; 6030 6031 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6032 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 6033 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 6034 { 6035 char_u *line; 6036 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 6037 int middle_len, end_len; 6038 int i; 6039 6040 /* 6041 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 6042 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 6043 */ 6044 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); 6045 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 6046 { 6047 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 6048 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 6049 ++p; 6050 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6051 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 6052 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 6053 --middle_len; 6054 6055 /* Find the end-comment string */ 6056 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 6057 ++p; 6058 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 6059 6060 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 6061 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6062 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) 6063 ; 6064 i++; 6065 6066 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 6067 i -= middle_len; 6068 6069 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 6070 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 6071 { 6072 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 6073 backspace_until_column(i); 6074 6075 /* 6076 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 6077 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 6078 */ 6079 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 6080 } 6081 } 6082 } 6083 end_comment_pending = NUL; 6084 #endif 6085 6086 did_ai = FALSE; 6087 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6088 did_si = FALSE; 6089 can_si = FALSE; 6090 can_si_back = FALSE; 6091 #endif 6092 6093 /* 6094 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 6095 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 6096 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 6097 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 6098 * 'paste' is set).. 6099 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, 6100 * because we need to fire the event for every character. 6101 */ 6102 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 6103 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 6104 #endif 6105 6106 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 6107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6108 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 6109 #endif 6110 && vpeekc() != NUL 6111 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 6112 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6113 && !cindent_on() 6114 #endif 6115 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6116 && !p_ri 6117 #endif 6118 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6119 && !has_insertcharpre() 6120 #endif 6121 ) 6122 { 6123 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 6124 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 6125 int i; 6126 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 6127 6128 buf[0] = c; 6129 i = 1; 6130 if (textwidth > 0) 6131 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 6132 /* 6133 * Stop the string when: 6134 * - no more chars available 6135 * - finding a special character (command key) 6136 * - buffer is full 6137 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 6138 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 6139 */ 6140 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 6141 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 6142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6143 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 6144 #endif 6145 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 6146 && (textwidth == 0 6147 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 6148 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 6149 { 6150 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6151 c = vgetc(); 6152 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 6153 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 6154 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 6155 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 6156 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 6157 # endif 6158 buf[i++] = c; 6159 #else 6160 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 6161 #endif 6162 } 6163 6164 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 6165 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 6166 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 6167 #endif 6168 buf[i] = NUL; 6169 ins_str(buf); 6170 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6171 { 6172 redo_literal(*buf); 6173 i = 1; 6174 } 6175 else 6176 i = 0; 6177 if (buf[i] != NUL) 6178 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 6179 } 6180 else 6181 { 6182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6183 int cc; 6184 6185 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 6186 { 6187 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6188 6189 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 6190 buf[cc] = NUL; 6191 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 6192 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6193 } 6194 else 6195 #endif 6196 { 6197 ins_char(c); 6198 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 6199 redo_literal(c); 6200 else 6201 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6202 } 6203 } 6204 } 6205 6206 /* 6207 * Format text at the current insert position. 6208 * 6209 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent 6210 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). 6211 */ 6212 static void 6213 internal_format( 6214 int textwidth, 6215 int second_indent, 6216 int flags, 6217 int format_only, 6218 int c) /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 6219 { 6220 int cc; 6221 int save_char = NUL; 6222 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 6223 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 6224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6225 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 6226 #endif 6227 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 6228 int first_line = TRUE; 6229 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6230 colnr_T leader_len; 6231 int no_leader = FALSE; 6232 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 6233 #endif 6234 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6235 int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr; 6236 6237 /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */ 6238 curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE; 6239 #endif 6240 6241 /* 6242 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 6243 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 6244 */ 6245 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 6246 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6247 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6248 #endif 6249 ) 6250 { 6251 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6252 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6253 { 6254 save_char = cc; 6255 pchar_cursor('x'); 6256 } 6257 } 6258 6259 /* 6260 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 6261 */ 6262 while (!got_int) 6263 { 6264 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 6265 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 6266 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 6267 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 6268 colnr_T len; 6269 colnr_T virtcol; 6270 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6271 int orig_col = 0; 6272 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 6273 #endif 6274 colnr_T col; 6275 colnr_T end_col; 6276 6277 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 6278 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 6279 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 6280 break; 6281 6282 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6283 if (no_leader) 6284 do_comments = FALSE; 6285 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6286 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 6287 do_comments = TRUE; 6288 6289 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6290 if (do_comments) 6291 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); 6292 else 6293 leader_len = 0; 6294 6295 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 6296 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 6297 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 6298 * to start with %. */ 6299 if (leader_len == 0) 6300 no_leader = TRUE; 6301 #endif 6302 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6303 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6304 && leader_len == 0 6305 #endif 6306 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 6307 6308 break; 6309 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 6310 break; 6311 6312 /* find column of textwidth border */ 6313 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 6314 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6315 6316 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6317 foundcol = 0; 6318 6319 /* 6320 * Find position to break at. 6321 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 6322 */ 6323 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 6324 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 6325 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 6326 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 6327 { 6328 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 6329 cc = c; 6330 else 6331 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6332 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6333 { 6334 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 6335 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6336 6337 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 6338 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6339 { 6340 dec_cursor(); 6341 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6342 } 6343 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 6344 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 6345 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6346 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6347 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6348 break; 6349 #endif 6350 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6351 { 6352 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 6353 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6354 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 6355 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6356 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 6357 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 6358 break; 6359 #endif 6360 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6361 dec_cursor(); 6362 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6363 6364 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6365 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 6366 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6367 } 6368 6369 inc_cursor(); 6370 6371 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 6372 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6373 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6374 break; 6375 } 6376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6377 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 6378 { 6379 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 6380 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 6381 { 6382 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6383 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6384 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6385 break; 6386 #endif 6387 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6388 inc_cursor(); 6389 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 6390 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 6391 { 6392 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6393 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6394 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6395 break; 6396 } 6397 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6398 } 6399 6400 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6401 break; 6402 6403 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6404 6405 dec_cursor(); 6406 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6407 6408 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6409 continue; /* break with space */ 6410 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6411 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 6412 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 6413 break; 6414 #endif 6415 6416 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 6417 6418 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6419 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6420 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6421 break; 6422 } 6423 #endif 6424 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6425 break; 6426 dec_cursor(); 6427 } 6428 6429 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6430 { 6431 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6432 break; 6433 } 6434 6435 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6436 undisplay_dollar(); 6437 6438 /* 6439 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6440 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6441 * over the text instead. 6442 */ 6443 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6444 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6445 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6446 else 6447 #endif 6448 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6449 6450 /* 6451 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6452 * characters that will remain on top line 6453 */ 6454 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6455 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6456 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6457 inc_cursor(); 6458 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6459 if (startcol < 0) 6460 startcol = 0; 6461 6462 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6463 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6464 { 6465 /* 6466 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6467 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6468 */ 6469 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6470 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6471 if (saved_text == NULL) 6472 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6473 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6474 6475 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6476 if (!fo_white_par) 6477 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6478 } 6479 else 6480 #endif 6481 { 6482 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6483 if (!fo_white_par) 6484 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6485 } 6486 6487 /* 6488 * Split the line just before the margin. 6489 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6490 */ 6491 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6492 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6493 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6494 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6495 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) 6496 #endif 6497 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); 6498 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6499 old_indent = 0; 6500 6501 replace_offset = 0; 6502 if (first_line) 6503 { 6504 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) 6505 { 6506 /* 6507 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not 6508 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST 6509 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen 6510 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will 6511 * recognize comments if needed... 6512 */ 6513 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6514 second_indent = 6515 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); 6516 if (second_indent >= 0) 6517 { 6518 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6519 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6520 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, 6521 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6522 else 6523 #endif 6524 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6525 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) 6526 { 6527 int i; 6528 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; 6529 6530 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list 6531 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has 6532 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned 6533 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we 6534 * add the additional whitespace needed after the 6535 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ 6536 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) 6537 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 6538 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); 6539 } 6540 else 6541 { 6542 #endif 6543 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6544 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6545 } 6546 #endif 6547 } 6548 } 6549 first_line = FALSE; 6550 } 6551 6552 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6553 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6554 { 6555 /* 6556 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6557 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6558 */ 6559 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6560 vim_free(saved_text); 6561 } 6562 else 6563 #endif 6564 { 6565 /* 6566 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6567 * may have added or removed indent. 6568 */ 6569 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6570 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6571 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6572 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6573 } 6574 6575 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6576 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6577 can_cindent = TRUE; 6578 #endif 6579 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6580 did_ai = FALSE; 6581 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6582 did_si = FALSE; 6583 can_si = FALSE; 6584 can_si_back = FALSE; 6585 #endif 6586 line_breakcheck(); 6587 } 6588 6589 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6590 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6591 6592 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6593 curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr; 6594 #endif 6595 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6596 { 6597 update_topline(); 6598 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6599 } 6600 } 6601 6602 /* 6603 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6604 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6605 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6606 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6607 * saved here. 6608 */ 6609 void 6610 auto_format( 6611 int trailblank, /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6612 int prev_line) /* may start in previous line */ 6613 { 6614 pos_T pos; 6615 colnr_T len; 6616 char_u *old; 6617 char_u *new, *pnew; 6618 int wasatend; 6619 int cc; 6620 6621 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6622 return; 6623 6624 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6625 old = ml_get_curline(); 6626 6627 /* may remove added space */ 6628 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6629 6630 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6631 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6632 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6633 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6634 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6635 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6636 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6637 { 6638 dec_cursor(); 6639 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6640 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6641 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6642 dec_cursor(); 6643 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6644 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6645 { 6646 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6647 return; 6648 } 6649 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6650 } 6651 6652 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6653 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6654 * comments. */ 6655 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6656 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) 6657 return; 6658 #endif 6659 6660 /* 6661 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6662 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6663 * the start of a paragraph. 6664 */ 6665 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6666 { 6667 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6668 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6669 return; 6670 } 6671 6672 /* 6673 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6674 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6675 */ 6676 saved_cursor = pos; 6677 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6678 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6679 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6680 6681 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6682 { 6683 /* "cannot happen" */ 6684 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6685 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6686 } 6687 else 6688 check_cursor_col(); 6689 6690 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6691 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6692 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6693 * formatted. */ 6694 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6695 { 6696 new = ml_get_curline(); 6697 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6698 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6699 { 6700 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6701 pnew[len] = ' '; 6702 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6703 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6704 /* remove the space later */ 6705 did_add_space = TRUE; 6706 } 6707 else 6708 /* may remove added space */ 6709 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6710 } 6711 6712 check_cursor(); 6713 } 6714 6715 /* 6716 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6717 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6718 * position. 6719 */ 6720 static void 6721 check_auto_format( 6722 int end_insert) /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6723 { 6724 int c = ' '; 6725 int cc; 6726 6727 if (did_add_space) 6728 { 6729 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6730 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6731 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6732 did_add_space = FALSE; 6733 else 6734 { 6735 if (!end_insert) 6736 { 6737 inc_cursor(); 6738 c = gchar_cursor(); 6739 dec_cursor(); 6740 } 6741 if (c != NUL) 6742 { 6743 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6744 del_char(FALSE); 6745 did_add_space = FALSE; 6746 } 6747 } 6748 } 6749 } 6750 6751 /* 6752 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6753 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6754 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' 6755 * if invalid value, use 0. 6756 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6757 */ 6758 int 6759 comp_textwidth( 6760 int ff) /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6761 { 6762 int textwidth; 6763 6764 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6765 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6766 { 6767 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6768 * things that add to the margin. */ 6769 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6770 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6771 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6772 textwidth -= 1; 6773 #endif 6774 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6775 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6776 #endif 6777 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6778 if (signcolumn_on(curwin)) 6779 textwidth -= 1; 6780 #endif 6781 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6782 textwidth -= 8; 6783 } 6784 if (textwidth < 0) 6785 textwidth = 0; 6786 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6787 { 6788 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; 6789 if (textwidth > 79) 6790 textwidth = 79; 6791 } 6792 return textwidth; 6793 } 6794 6795 /* 6796 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6797 */ 6798 static void 6799 redo_literal(int c) 6800 { 6801 char_u buf[10]; 6802 6803 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6804 * three digits. */ 6805 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6806 { 6807 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6808 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6809 } 6810 else 6811 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6812 } 6813 6814 /* 6815 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6816 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6817 */ 6818 static void 6819 start_arrow( 6820 pos_T *end_insert_pos) /* can be NULL */ 6821 { 6822 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, TRUE); 6823 } 6824 6825 /* 6826 * Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument. 6827 * Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE. 6828 */ 6829 static void 6830 start_arrow_with_change( 6831 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6832 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6833 { 6834 start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change); 6835 if (!end_change) 6836 { 6837 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G); 6838 AppendCharToRedobuff('U'); 6839 } 6840 } 6841 6842 static void 6843 start_arrow_common( 6844 pos_T *end_insert_pos, /* can be NULL */ 6845 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 6846 { 6847 if (!arrow_used && end_change) /* something has been inserted */ 6848 { 6849 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6850 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); 6851 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6852 } 6853 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6854 check_spell_redraw(); 6855 #endif 6856 } 6857 6858 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6859 /* 6860 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6861 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6862 */ 6863 static void 6864 check_spell_redraw(void) 6865 { 6866 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6867 { 6868 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6869 6870 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6871 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6872 } 6873 } 6874 6875 /* 6876 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6877 * spelled word, if there is one. 6878 */ 6879 static void 6880 spell_back_to_badword(void) 6881 { 6882 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6883 6884 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6885 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6886 start_arrow(&tpos); 6887 } 6888 #endif 6889 6890 /* 6891 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6892 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6893 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6894 */ 6895 int 6896 stop_arrow(void) 6897 { 6898 if (arrow_used) 6899 { 6900 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6901 if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) 6902 /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the 6903 * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */ 6904 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 6905 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6906 6907 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6908 { 6909 arrow_used = FALSE; 6910 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6911 } 6912 6913 ai_col = 0; 6914 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6915 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6916 { 6917 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6918 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6919 } 6920 #endif 6921 ResetRedobuff(); 6922 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6923 new_insert_skip = 2; 6924 } 6925 else if (ins_need_undo) 6926 { 6927 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6928 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6929 } 6930 6931 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6932 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 6933 foldOpenCursor(); 6934 #endif 6935 6936 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 6937 } 6938 6939 /* 6940 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 6941 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 6942 * to another window/buffer. 6943 */ 6944 static void 6945 stop_insert( 6946 pos_T *end_insert_pos, 6947 int esc, /* called by ins_esc() */ 6948 int nomove) /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ 6949 { 6950 int cc; 6951 char_u *ptr; 6952 6953 stop_redo_ins(); 6954 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 6955 6956 /* 6957 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 6958 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 6959 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 6960 */ 6961 ptr = get_inserted(); 6962 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 6963 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 6964 { 6965 vim_free(last_insert); 6966 last_insert = ptr; 6967 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 6968 } 6969 else 6970 vim_free(ptr); 6971 6972 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 6973 { 6974 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 6975 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 6976 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 6977 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 6978 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6979 { 6980 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6981 6982 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 6983 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 6984 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 6985 cc = 'x'; 6986 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 6987 { 6988 dec_cursor(); 6989 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6990 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6991 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6992 } 6993 6994 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 6995 6996 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6997 { 6998 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 6999 inc_cursor(); 7000 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7001 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 7002 * the "coladd". */ 7003 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 7004 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 7005 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 7006 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 7007 #endif 7008 } 7009 } 7010 7011 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 7012 check_auto_format(TRUE); 7013 7014 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 7015 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 7016 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 7017 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 7018 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 7019 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 7020 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 7021 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7022 { 7023 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7024 7025 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 7026 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 7027 for (;;) 7028 { 7029 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 7030 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7031 cc = gchar_cursor(); 7032 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 7033 break; 7034 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 7035 break; /* should not happen */ 7036 } 7037 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 7038 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 7039 else 7040 { 7041 /* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */ 7042 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7043 tpos.col++; 7044 if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) 7045 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 7046 } 7047 7048 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 7049 * deleted characters. */ 7050 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 7051 { 7052 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 7053 7054 if (VIsual.col > len) 7055 { 7056 VIsual.col = len; 7057 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7058 VIsual.coladd = 0; 7059 #endif 7060 } 7061 } 7062 } 7063 } 7064 did_ai = FALSE; 7065 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 7066 did_si = FALSE; 7067 can_si = FALSE; 7068 can_si_back = FALSE; 7069 #endif 7070 7071 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 7072 * now in a different buffer. */ 7073 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 7074 { 7075 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 7076 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; 7077 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 7078 } 7079 } 7080 7081 /* 7082 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 7083 * Used for the replace command. 7084 */ 7085 void 7086 set_last_insert(int c) 7087 { 7088 char_u *s; 7089 7090 vim_free(last_insert); 7091 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 7092 if (last_insert != NULL) 7093 { 7094 s = last_insert; 7095 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 7096 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 7097 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 7098 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 7099 *s++ = ESC; 7100 *s++ = NUL; 7101 last_insert_skip = 0; 7102 } 7103 } 7104 7105 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 7106 void 7107 free_last_insert(void) 7108 { 7109 vim_free(last_insert); 7110 last_insert = NULL; 7111 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7112 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 7113 compl_orig_text = NULL; 7114 # endif 7115 } 7116 #endif 7117 7118 /* 7119 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 7120 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 7121 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 7122 */ 7123 char_u * 7124 add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s) 7125 { 7126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7127 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7128 int i; 7129 int len; 7130 7131 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 7132 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 7133 { 7134 c = temp[i]; 7135 #endif 7136 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 7137 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 7138 { 7139 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 7140 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 7141 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 7142 } 7143 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7144 else if (c == CSI) 7145 { 7146 *s++ = CSI; 7147 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 7148 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 7149 } 7150 #endif 7151 else 7152 *s++ = c; 7153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7154 } 7155 #endif 7156 return s; 7157 } 7158 7159 /* 7160 * move cursor to start of line 7161 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 7162 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 7163 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 7164 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 7165 */ 7166 void 7167 beginline(int flags) 7168 { 7169 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 7170 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7171 else 7172 { 7173 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 7174 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7175 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7176 #endif 7177 7178 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 7179 { 7180 char_u *ptr; 7181 7182 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) 7183 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 7184 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 7185 } 7186 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7187 } 7188 } 7189 7190 /* 7191 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 7192 * 7193 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 7194 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 7195 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 7196 */ 7197 7198 int 7199 oneright(void) 7200 { 7201 char_u *ptr; 7202 int l; 7203 7204 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7205 if (virtual_active()) 7206 { 7207 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 7208 7209 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 7210 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7211 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7212 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7213 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7214 # else 7215 *ptr 7216 # endif 7217 )) 7218 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 7219 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7220 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 7221 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 7222 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 7223 } 7224 #endif 7225 7226 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7227 if (*ptr == NUL) 7228 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 7229 7230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7231 if (has_mbyte) 7232 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7233 else 7234 #endif 7235 l = 1; 7236 7237 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 7238 * contains "onemore". */ 7239 if (ptr[l] == NUL 7240 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7241 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 7242 #endif 7243 ) 7244 return FAIL; 7245 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 7246 7247 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7248 return OK; 7249 } 7250 7251 int 7252 oneleft(void) 7253 { 7254 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 7255 if (virtual_active()) 7256 { 7257 int width; 7258 int v = getviscol(); 7259 7260 if (v == 0) 7261 return FAIL; 7262 7263 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 7264 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 7265 width = 1; 7266 for (;;) 7267 { 7268 coladvance(v - width); 7269 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty, 7270 * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte 7271 * characters */ 7272 if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri 7273 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7274 && !has_mbyte 7275 # endif 7276 ) || getviscol() < v) 7277 break; 7278 ++width; 7279 } 7280 # else 7281 coladvance(v - 1); 7282 # endif 7283 7284 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 7285 { 7286 char_u *ptr; 7287 7288 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 7289 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 7290 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 7291 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7292 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 7293 # else 7294 *ptr 7295 # endif 7296 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 7297 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 7298 } 7299 7300 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7301 return OK; 7302 } 7303 #endif 7304 7305 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 7306 return FAIL; 7307 7308 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 7309 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 7310 7311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7312 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 7313 * character, move to its first byte */ 7314 if (has_mbyte) 7315 mb_adjust_cursor(); 7316 #endif 7317 return OK; 7318 } 7319 7320 int 7321 cursor_up( 7322 long n, 7323 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7324 { 7325 linenr_T lnum; 7326 7327 if (n > 0) 7328 { 7329 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7330 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 7331 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7332 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7333 return FAIL; 7334 if (n >= lnum) 7335 lnum = 1; 7336 else 7337 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7338 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7339 { 7340 /* 7341 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 7342 */ 7343 /* go to the start of the current fold */ 7344 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7345 7346 while (n--) 7347 { 7348 /* move up one line */ 7349 --lnum; 7350 if (lnum <= 1) 7351 break; 7352 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 7353 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 7354 * in a moment. */ 7355 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 7356 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 7357 } 7358 if (lnum < 1) 7359 lnum = 1; 7360 } 7361 else 7362 #endif 7363 lnum -= n; 7364 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7365 } 7366 7367 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7368 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7369 7370 if (upd_topline) 7371 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7372 7373 return OK; 7374 } 7375 7376 /* 7377 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 7378 */ 7379 int 7380 cursor_down( 7381 long n, 7382 int upd_topline) /* When TRUE: update topline */ 7383 { 7384 linenr_T lnum; 7385 7386 if (n > 0) 7387 { 7388 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 7389 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7390 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 7391 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 7392 #endif 7393 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 7394 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 7395 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7396 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 7397 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 7398 return FAIL; 7399 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7400 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7401 else 7402 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7403 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 7404 { 7405 linenr_T last; 7406 7407 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 7408 while (n--) 7409 { 7410 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 7411 lnum = last + 1; 7412 else 7413 ++lnum; 7414 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7415 break; 7416 } 7417 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 7418 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 7419 } 7420 else 7421 #endif 7422 lnum += n; 7423 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7424 } 7425 7426 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 7427 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 7428 7429 if (upd_topline) 7430 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 7431 7432 return OK; 7433 } 7434 7435 /* 7436 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 7437 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 7438 * first have to remove the command. 7439 */ 7440 int 7441 stuff_inserted( 7442 int c, /* Command character to be inserted */ 7443 long count, /* Repeat this many times */ 7444 int no_esc) /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 7445 { 7446 char_u *esc_ptr; 7447 char_u *ptr; 7448 char_u *last_ptr; 7449 char_u last = NUL; 7450 7451 ptr = get_last_insert(); 7452 if (ptr == NULL) 7453 { 7454 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 7455 return FAIL; 7456 } 7457 7458 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 7459 if (c != NUL) 7460 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 7461 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 7462 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 7463 7464 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 7465 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 7466 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 7467 */ 7468 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 7469 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 7470 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 7471 { 7472 last = *last_ptr; 7473 *last_ptr = NUL; 7474 } 7475 7476 do 7477 { 7478 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 7479 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 7480 if (last) 7481 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 7482 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 7483 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7484 } 7485 while (--count > 0); 7486 7487 if (last) 7488 *last_ptr = last; 7489 7490 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7491 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7492 7493 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7494 if (!no_esc) 7495 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7496 7497 return OK; 7498 } 7499 7500 char_u * 7501 get_last_insert(void) 7502 { 7503 if (last_insert == NULL) 7504 return NULL; 7505 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7506 } 7507 7508 /* 7509 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7510 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7511 */ 7512 char_u * 7513 get_last_insert_save(void) 7514 { 7515 char_u *s; 7516 int len; 7517 7518 if (last_insert == NULL) 7519 return NULL; 7520 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7521 if (s != NULL) 7522 { 7523 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7524 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7525 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7526 } 7527 return s; 7528 } 7529 7530 /* 7531 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7532 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7533 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7534 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7535 */ 7536 static int 7537 echeck_abbr(int c) 7538 { 7539 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7540 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7541 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7542 return FALSE; 7543 7544 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7545 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7546 } 7547 7548 /* 7549 * replace-stack functions 7550 * 7551 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7552 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7553 * 7554 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7555 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7556 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7557 * 7558 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7559 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7560 * that were deleted (always white space). 7561 * 7562 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7563 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7564 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7565 */ 7566 7567 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7568 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7569 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7570 7571 void 7572 replace_push( 7573 int c) /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7574 { 7575 char_u *p; 7576 7577 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7578 return; 7579 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7580 { 7581 replace_stack_len += 50; 7582 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7583 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7584 { 7585 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7586 return; 7587 } 7588 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7589 { 7590 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7591 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7592 vim_free(replace_stack); 7593 } 7594 replace_stack = p; 7595 } 7596 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7597 if (replace_offset) 7598 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7599 *p = c; 7600 ++replace_stack_nr; 7601 } 7602 7603 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7604 /* 7605 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7606 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7607 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7608 */ 7609 int 7610 replace_push_mb(char_u *p) 7611 { 7612 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7613 int j; 7614 7615 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7616 replace_push(p[j]); 7617 return l; 7618 } 7619 #endif 7620 7621 /* 7622 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7623 * return -1 if stack empty 7624 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7625 */ 7626 static int 7627 replace_pop(void) 7628 { 7629 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7630 return -1; 7631 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7632 } 7633 7634 /* 7635 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7636 * encountered. 7637 */ 7638 static void 7639 replace_join( 7640 int off) /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7641 { 7642 int i; 7643 7644 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7645 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7646 { 7647 --replace_stack_nr; 7648 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7649 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7650 return; 7651 } 7652 } 7653 7654 /* 7655 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7656 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7657 */ 7658 static void 7659 replace_pop_ins(void) 7660 { 7661 int cc; 7662 int oldState = State; 7663 7664 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7665 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7666 { 7667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7668 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7669 #else 7670 ins_char(cc); 7671 #endif 7672 dec_cursor(); 7673 } 7674 State = oldState; 7675 } 7676 7677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7678 /* 7679 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7680 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7681 */ 7682 static void 7683 mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc) 7684 { 7685 int n; 7686 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7687 int i; 7688 int c; 7689 7690 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7691 { 7692 buf[0] = cc; 7693 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7694 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7695 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7696 } 7697 else 7698 ins_char(cc); 7699 7700 if (enc_utf8) 7701 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7702 for (;;) 7703 { 7704 c = replace_pop(); 7705 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7706 break; 7707 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7708 { 7709 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7710 replace_push(c); 7711 break; 7712 } 7713 else 7714 { 7715 buf[0] = c; 7716 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7717 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7718 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7719 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7720 else 7721 { 7722 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7723 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7724 replace_push(buf[i]); 7725 break; 7726 } 7727 } 7728 } 7729 } 7730 #endif 7731 7732 /* 7733 * make the replace stack empty 7734 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7735 */ 7736 static void 7737 replace_flush(void) 7738 { 7739 vim_free(replace_stack); 7740 replace_stack = NULL; 7741 replace_stack_len = 0; 7742 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7743 } 7744 7745 /* 7746 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7747 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7748 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7749 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7750 * and check for more characters to be put back 7751 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7752 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7753 */ 7754 static void 7755 replace_do_bs(int limit_col) 7756 { 7757 int cc; 7758 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7759 int orig_len = 0; 7760 int ins_len; 7761 int orig_vcols = 0; 7762 colnr_T start_vcol; 7763 char_u *p; 7764 int i; 7765 int vcol; 7766 #endif 7767 7768 cc = replace_pop(); 7769 if (cc > 0) 7770 { 7771 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7772 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7773 { 7774 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7775 * going to delete. */ 7776 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7777 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7778 } 7779 #endif 7780 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7781 if (has_mbyte) 7782 { 7783 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7784 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7785 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7786 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7787 # endif 7788 replace_push(cc); 7789 } 7790 else 7791 #endif 7792 { 7793 pchar_cursor(cc); 7794 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7795 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7796 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7797 #endif 7798 } 7799 replace_pop_ins(); 7800 7801 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7802 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7803 { 7804 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7805 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7806 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7807 vcol = start_vcol; 7808 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7809 { 7810 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7811 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7812 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7813 #endif 7814 } 7815 vcol -= start_vcol; 7816 7817 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7818 * text aligned. */ 7819 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7820 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7821 { 7822 del_char(FALSE); 7823 ++orig_vcols; 7824 } 7825 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7826 } 7827 #endif 7828 7829 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7830 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7831 } 7832 else if (cc == 0) 7833 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7834 } 7835 7836 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7837 /* 7838 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7839 */ 7840 static int 7841 cindent_on(void) 7842 { 7843 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7844 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7845 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7846 # endif 7847 )); 7848 } 7849 #endif 7850 7851 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7852 /* 7853 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7854 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7855 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7856 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7857 */ 7858 7859 void 7860 fixthisline(int (*get_the_indent)(void)) 7861 { 7862 int amount = get_the_indent(); 7863 7864 if (amount >= 0) 7865 { 7866 change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7867 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7868 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7869 } 7870 } 7871 7872 void 7873 fix_indent(void) 7874 { 7875 if (p_paste) 7876 return; 7877 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7878 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7879 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7880 # endif 7881 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7882 else 7883 # endif 7884 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7885 if (cindent_on()) 7886 do_c_expr_indent(); 7887 # endif 7888 } 7889 7890 #endif 7891 7892 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7893 /* 7894 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7895 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7896 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) 7897 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7898 * 7899 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7900 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7901 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7902 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7903 * 7904 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7905 */ 7906 int 7907 in_cinkeys( 7908 int keytyped, 7909 int when, 7910 int line_is_empty) 7911 { 7912 char_u *look; 7913 int try_match; 7914 int try_match_word; 7915 char_u *p; 7916 char_u *line; 7917 int icase; 7918 int i; 7919 7920 if (keytyped == NUL) 7921 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7922 return FALSE; 7923 7924 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7925 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7926 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7927 else 7928 #endif 7929 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 7930 while (*look) 7931 { 7932 /* 7933 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 7934 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 7935 */ 7936 switch (when) 7937 { 7938 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 7939 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 7940 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 7941 } 7942 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 7943 ++look; 7944 7945 /* 7946 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 7947 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 7948 */ 7949 if (*look == '0') 7950 { 7951 try_match_word = try_match; 7952 if (!line_is_empty) 7953 try_match = FALSE; 7954 ++look; 7955 } 7956 else 7957 try_match_word = FALSE; 7958 7959 /* 7960 * does it look like a control character? 7961 */ 7962 if (*look == '^' 7963 #ifdef EBCDIC 7964 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 7965 #else 7966 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 7967 #endif 7968 ) 7969 { 7970 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 7971 return TRUE; 7972 look += 2; 7973 } 7974 /* 7975 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 7976 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 7977 */ 7978 else if (*look == 'o') 7979 { 7980 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 7981 return TRUE; 7982 ++look; 7983 } 7984 else if (*look == 'O') 7985 { 7986 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 7987 return TRUE; 7988 ++look; 7989 } 7990 7991 /* 7992 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 7993 * cursor. 7994 */ 7995 else if (*look == 'e') 7996 { 7997 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 7998 { 7999 p = ml_get_curline(); 8000 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 8001 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 8002 return TRUE; 8003 } 8004 ++look; 8005 } 8006 8007 /* 8008 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 8009 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 8010 * class::method for C++). 8011 */ 8012 else if (*look == ':') 8013 { 8014 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 8015 { 8016 p = ml_get_curline(); 8017 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) 8018 return TRUE; 8019 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 8020 p = ml_get_curline(); 8021 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 8022 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 8023 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 8024 { 8025 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 8026 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 8027 || cin_islabel()); 8028 p = ml_get_curline(); 8029 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 8030 if (i) 8031 return TRUE; 8032 } 8033 } 8034 ++look; 8035 } 8036 8037 8038 /* 8039 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 8040 */ 8041 else if (*look == '<') 8042 { 8043 if (try_match) 8044 { 8045 /* 8046 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 8047 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 8048 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 8049 */ 8050 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 8051 && keytyped == look[1]) 8052 return TRUE; 8053 8054 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 8055 return TRUE; 8056 } 8057 while (*look && *look != '>') 8058 look++; 8059 while (*look == '>') 8060 look++; 8061 } 8062 8063 /* 8064 * Is it a word: "=word"? 8065 */ 8066 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 8067 { 8068 ++look; 8069 if (*look == '~') 8070 { 8071 icase = TRUE; 8072 ++look; 8073 } 8074 else 8075 icase = FALSE; 8076 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 8077 if (p == NULL) 8078 p = look + STRLEN(look); 8079 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 8080 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 8081 { 8082 int match = FALSE; 8083 8084 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8085 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 8086 { 8087 char_u *s; 8088 8089 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 8090 * search back for the start of a word. */ 8091 line = ml_get_curline(); 8092 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8093 if (has_mbyte) 8094 { 8095 char_u *n; 8096 8097 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 8098 { 8099 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 8100 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 8101 break; 8102 } 8103 } 8104 else 8105 # endif 8106 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 8107 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 8108 break; 8109 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 8110 && (icase 8111 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 8112 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 8113 match = TRUE; 8114 } 8115 else 8116 #endif 8117 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 8118 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 8119 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 8120 { 8121 line = ml_get_cursor(); 8122 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 8123 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 8124 && (icase 8125 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 8126 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 8127 == 0) 8128 match = TRUE; 8129 } 8130 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 8131 { 8132 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 8133 * word. */ 8134 line = ml_get_curline(); 8135 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != 8136 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 8137 match = FALSE; 8138 } 8139 if (match) 8140 return TRUE; 8141 } 8142 look = p; 8143 } 8144 8145 /* 8146 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 8147 */ 8148 else 8149 { 8150 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 8151 return TRUE; 8152 ++look; 8153 } 8154 8155 /* 8156 * Skip over ", ". 8157 */ 8158 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 8159 } 8160 return FALSE; 8161 } 8162 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 8163 8164 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 8165 /* 8166 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 8167 */ 8168 int 8169 hkmap(int c) 8170 { 8171 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 8172 { 8173 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 8174 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 8175 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 8176 static char_u map[26] = 8177 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 8178 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 8179 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 8180 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 8181 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 8182 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 8183 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 8184 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 8185 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 8186 8187 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 8188 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 8189 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 8190 else if (c == 'x') 8191 return 'X'; 8192 else if (c == 'q') 8193 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 8194 else if (c == 246) 8195 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 8196 else if (c == 228) 8197 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8198 else if (c == 252) 8199 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 8200 #ifdef EBCDIC 8201 else if (islower(c)) 8202 #else 8203 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 8204 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 8205 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 8206 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 8207 */ 8208 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 8209 #endif 8210 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 8211 else 8212 return c; 8213 } 8214 else 8215 { 8216 switch (c) 8217 { 8218 case '`': return ';'; 8219 case '/': return '.'; 8220 case '\'': return ','; 8221 case 'q': return '/'; 8222 case 'w': return '\''; 8223 8224 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 8225 case ',': c = '{'; break; 8226 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 8227 case ';': c = 't'; break; 8228 default: { 8229 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 8230 8231 #ifdef EBCDIC 8232 /* see note about islower() above */ 8233 if (!islower(c)) 8234 #else 8235 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 8236 #endif 8237 return c; 8238 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 8239 break; 8240 } 8241 } 8242 8243 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 8244 } 8245 } 8246 #endif 8247 8248 static void 8249 ins_reg(void) 8250 { 8251 int need_redraw = FALSE; 8252 int regname; 8253 int literally = 0; 8254 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 8255 8256 /* 8257 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 8258 */ 8259 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 8260 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 8261 { 8262 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 8263 ins_redraw(FALSE); 8264 8265 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 8266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8267 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 8268 #endif 8269 } 8270 8271 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 8272 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 8273 #endif 8274 8275 /* 8276 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 8277 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8278 */ 8279 ++no_mapping; 8280 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8281 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8282 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 8283 { 8284 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 8285 literally = regname; 8286 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8287 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 8288 #endif 8289 regname = plain_vgetc(); 8290 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 8291 } 8292 --no_mapping; 8293 8294 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8295 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error 8296 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ 8297 ++no_u_sync; 8298 if (regname == '=') 8299 { 8300 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8301 int im_on = im_get_status(); 8302 # endif 8303 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or 8304 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ 8305 u_sync_once = 2; 8306 8307 regname = get_expr_register(); 8308 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8309 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 8310 if (im_on) 8311 im_set_active(TRUE); 8312 # endif 8313 } 8314 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 8315 { 8316 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8317 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8318 } 8319 else 8320 { 8321 #endif 8322 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 8323 { 8324 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 8325 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 8326 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 8327 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 8328 8329 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 8330 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 8331 } 8332 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 8333 { 8334 vim_beep(BO_REG); 8335 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 8336 } 8337 else if (stop_insert_mode) 8338 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 8339 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 8340 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 8341 need_redraw = TRUE; 8342 8343 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8344 } 8345 --no_u_sync; 8346 if (u_sync_once == 1) 8347 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8348 u_sync_once = 0; 8349 #endif 8350 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8351 clear_showcmd(); 8352 #endif 8353 8354 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 8355 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 8356 edit_unputchar(); 8357 8358 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 8359 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 8360 end_visual_mode(); 8361 } 8362 8363 /* 8364 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 8365 */ 8366 static void 8367 ins_ctrl_g(void) 8368 { 8369 int c; 8370 8371 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8372 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 8373 setcursor(); 8374 #endif 8375 8376 /* 8377 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 8378 * deleted when ESC is hit. 8379 */ 8380 ++no_mapping; 8381 c = plain_vgetc(); 8382 --no_mapping; 8383 switch (c) 8384 { 8385 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 8386 case K_UP: 8387 case Ctrl_K: 8388 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 8389 break; 8390 8391 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 8392 case K_DOWN: 8393 case Ctrl_J: 8394 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 8395 break; 8396 8397 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 8398 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 8399 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 8400 8401 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 8402 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 8403 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; 8404 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 8405 break; 8406 8407 /* CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char */ 8408 case 'U': 8409 /* Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char, 8410 * without breaking undo. */ 8411 dont_sync_undo = MAYBE; 8412 break; 8413 8414 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 8415 default: vim_beep(BO_CTRLG); 8416 } 8417 } 8418 8419 /* 8420 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 8421 */ 8422 static void 8423 ins_ctrl_hat(void) 8424 { 8425 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 8426 { 8427 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 8428 if (State & LANGMAP) 8429 { 8430 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8431 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8432 } 8433 else 8434 { 8435 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 8436 State |= LANGMAP; 8437 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8438 im_set_active(FALSE); 8439 #endif 8440 } 8441 } 8442 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8443 else 8444 { 8445 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 8446 if (im_get_status()) 8447 { 8448 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 8449 im_set_active(FALSE); 8450 } 8451 else 8452 { 8453 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 8454 State &= ~LANGMAP; 8455 im_set_active(TRUE); 8456 } 8457 } 8458 #endif 8459 set_iminsert_global(); 8460 showmode(); 8461 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8462 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 8463 if (gui.in_use) 8464 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 8465 #endif 8466 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 8467 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 8468 status_redraw_curbuf(); 8469 #endif 8470 } 8471 8472 /* 8473 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 8474 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 8475 * insert. 8476 */ 8477 static int 8478 ins_esc( 8479 long *count, 8480 int cmdchar, 8481 int nomove) /* don't move cursor */ 8482 { 8483 int temp; 8484 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8485 8486 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 8487 check_spell_redraw(); 8488 #endif 8489 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 8490 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8491 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8492 # endif 8493 if (composing_hangul) 8494 { 8495 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8496 composing_hangul = 0; 8497 } 8498 #endif 8499 8500 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8501 if (disabled_redraw) 8502 { 8503 --RedrawingDisabled; 8504 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8505 } 8506 if (!arrow_used) 8507 { 8508 /* 8509 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8510 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8511 * when "count" is non-zero. 8512 */ 8513 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8514 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8515 8516 /* 8517 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8518 * interrupt now and then. 8519 */ 8520 if (*count > 0) 8521 { 8522 line_breakcheck(); 8523 if (got_int) 8524 *count = 0; 8525 } 8526 8527 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8528 { 8529 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8530 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8531 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8532 8533 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8534 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8535 stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8536 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8537 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8538 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8539 } 8540 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); 8541 undisplay_dollar(); 8542 } 8543 8544 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8545 * indent */ 8546 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8547 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8548 8549 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8550 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8551 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8552 8553 /* 8554 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8555 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8556 */ 8557 if (!nomove 8558 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8560 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8561 #endif 8562 ) 8563 && (restart_edit == NUL 8564 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active)) 8565 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8566 && !revins_on 8567 #endif 8568 ) 8569 { 8570 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8571 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8572 { 8573 oneleft(); 8574 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8575 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8576 } 8577 else 8578 #endif 8579 { 8580 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8582 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8583 if (has_mbyte) 8584 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8585 #endif 8586 } 8587 } 8588 8589 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8590 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8591 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8592 * well). */ 8593 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8594 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8595 im_set_active(FALSE); 8596 #endif 8597 8598 State = NORMAL; 8599 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8600 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8601 8602 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8603 setmouse(); 8604 #endif 8605 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8606 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8607 #endif 8608 8609 /* 8610 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8611 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8612 */ 8613 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8614 showmode(); 8615 else if (p_smd) 8616 MSG(""); 8617 8618 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8619 } 8620 8621 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8622 /* 8623 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8624 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8625 */ 8626 static void 8627 ins_ctrl_(void) 8628 { 8629 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8630 { 8631 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8632 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8633 } 8634 p_ri = !p_ri; 8635 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8636 if (revins_on) 8637 { 8638 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8639 revins_legal++; 8640 revins_chars = 0; 8641 undisplay_dollar(); 8642 } 8643 else 8644 revins_scol = -1; 8645 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8646 if (p_altkeymap) 8647 { 8648 /* 8649 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8650 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8651 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8652 */ 8653 arrow_used = TRUE; 8654 (void)stop_arrow(); 8655 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8656 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8657 State = INSERT; 8658 } 8659 else 8660 #endif 8661 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8662 showmode(); 8663 } 8664 #endif 8665 8666 /* 8667 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8668 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8669 */ 8670 static int 8671 ins_start_select(int c) 8672 { 8673 if (km_startsel) 8674 switch (c) 8675 { 8676 case K_KHOME: 8677 case K_KEND: 8678 case K_PAGEUP: 8679 case K_KPAGEUP: 8680 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8681 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8682 # ifdef MACOS 8683 case K_LEFT: 8684 case K_RIGHT: 8685 case K_UP: 8686 case K_DOWN: 8687 case K_END: 8688 case K_HOME: 8689 # endif 8690 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8691 break; 8692 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8693 case K_S_LEFT: 8694 case K_S_RIGHT: 8695 case K_S_UP: 8696 case K_S_DOWN: 8697 case K_S_END: 8698 case K_S_HOME: 8699 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8700 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8701 start_selection(); 8702 8703 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8704 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8705 if (mod_mask) 8706 { 8707 char_u buf[4]; 8708 8709 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8710 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8711 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8712 buf[3] = NUL; 8713 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8714 } 8715 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8716 return TRUE; 8717 } 8718 return FALSE; 8719 } 8720 8721 /* 8722 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. 8723 */ 8724 static void 8725 ins_insert(int replaceState) 8726 { 8727 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8728 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8729 { 8730 beep_flush(); 8731 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8732 return; 8733 } 8734 #endif 8735 8736 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8737 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8738 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8739 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8740 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8741 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8742 # endif 8743 "r"), 1); 8744 # endif 8745 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8746 #endif 8747 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8748 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8749 else 8750 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8751 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8752 showmode(); 8753 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8754 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8755 #endif 8756 } 8757 8758 /* 8759 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8760 */ 8761 static void 8762 ins_ctrl_o(void) 8763 { 8764 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8765 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8766 restart_edit = 'V'; 8767 else 8768 #endif 8769 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8770 restart_edit = 'R'; 8771 else 8772 restart_edit = 'I'; 8773 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8774 if (virtual_active()) 8775 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8776 else 8777 #endif 8778 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8779 } 8780 8781 /* 8782 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8783 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8784 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8785 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8786 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8787 */ 8788 static void 8789 ins_shift(int c, int lastc) 8790 { 8791 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8792 return; 8793 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8794 8795 /* 8796 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8797 */ 8798 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8799 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8800 { 8801 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8802 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8803 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8804 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8805 replace_pop_ins(); 8806 if (lastc == '^') 8807 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8808 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8809 } 8810 else 8811 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8812 8813 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8814 did_ai = FALSE; 8815 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8816 did_si = FALSE; 8817 can_si = FALSE; 8818 can_si_back = FALSE; 8819 #endif 8820 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8821 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8822 #endif 8823 } 8824 8825 static void 8826 ins_del(void) 8827 { 8828 int temp; 8829 8830 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8831 return; 8832 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8833 { 8834 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8835 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8836 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 8837 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8838 else 8839 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8840 } 8841 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8842 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8843 did_ai = FALSE; 8844 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8845 did_si = FALSE; 8846 can_si = FALSE; 8847 can_si_back = FALSE; 8848 #endif 8849 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8850 } 8851 8852 static void ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp); 8853 8854 /* 8855 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8856 */ 8857 static void 8858 ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp) 8859 { 8860 dec_cursor(); 8861 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8862 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8863 { 8864 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8865 * Replace mode */ 8866 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8867 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8868 replace_do_bs(-1); 8869 } 8870 else 8871 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8872 } 8873 8874 /* 8875 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8876 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8877 */ 8878 static int 8879 ins_bs( 8880 int c, 8881 int mode, 8882 int *inserted_space_p) 8883 { 8884 linenr_T lnum; 8885 int cc; 8886 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8887 colnr_T save_col; 8888 colnr_T mincol; 8889 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8890 int in_indent; 8891 int oldState; 8892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8893 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8894 #endif 8895 8896 /* 8897 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8898 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8899 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8900 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8901 */ 8902 if ( bufempty() 8903 || ( 8904 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8905 !revins_on && 8906 #endif 8907 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8908 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8909 && (arrow_used 8910 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 8911 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col))) 8912 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8913 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8914 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8915 { 8916 vim_beep(BO_BS); 8917 return FALSE; 8918 } 8919 8920 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8921 return FALSE; 8922 in_indent = inindent(0); 8923 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8924 if (in_indent) 8925 can_cindent = FALSE; 8926 #endif 8927 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 8928 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 8929 #endif 8930 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8931 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 8932 inc_cursor(); 8933 #endif 8934 8935 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8936 /* Virtualedit: 8937 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 8938 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 8939 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 8940 */ 8941 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 8942 { 8943 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8944 { 8945 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8946 return TRUE; 8947 } 8948 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 8949 { 8950 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8951 return TRUE; 8952 } 8953 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8954 } 8955 #endif 8956 8957 /* 8958 * delete newline! 8959 */ 8960 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8961 { 8962 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 8963 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 8964 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8965 || revins_on 8966 #endif 8967 ) 8968 { 8969 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 8970 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 8971 return FALSE; 8972 --Insstart.lnum; 8973 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; 8974 } 8975 /* 8976 * In replace mode: 8977 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 8978 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 8979 */ 8980 cc = -1; 8981 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8982 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 8983 /* 8984 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 8985 * cursor. 8986 */ 8987 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 8988 { 8989 dec_cursor(); 8990 } 8991 else 8992 { 8993 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8994 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8995 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 8996 #endif 8997 { 8998 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 8999 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9000 9001 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 9002 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 9003 * again when auto-formatting. */ 9004 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 9005 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 9006 { 9007 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 9008 TRUE); 9009 int len; 9010 9011 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 9012 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 9013 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 9014 } 9015 9016 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); 9017 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9018 inc_cursor(); 9019 } 9020 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9021 else 9022 dec_cursor(); 9023 #endif 9024 9025 /* 9026 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 9027 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 9028 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 9029 * characters that NL replaced. 9030 */ 9031 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9032 { 9033 /* 9034 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 9035 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 9036 * avoiding showmatch(). 9037 */ 9038 oldState = State; 9039 State = NORMAL; 9040 /* 9041 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 9042 */ 9043 while (cc > 0) 9044 { 9045 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9047 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 9048 #else 9049 ins_char(cc); 9050 #endif 9051 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9052 cc = replace_pop(); 9053 } 9054 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 9055 replace_pop_ins(); 9056 State = oldState; 9057 } 9058 } 9059 did_ai = FALSE; 9060 } 9061 else 9062 { 9063 /* 9064 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 9065 */ 9066 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9067 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 9068 dec_cursor(); 9069 #endif 9070 mincol = 0; 9071 /* keep indent */ 9072 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 9073 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 9074 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9075 || cindent_on() 9076 #endif 9077 ) 9078 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9079 && !revins_on 9080 #endif 9081 ) 9082 { 9083 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9084 beginline(BL_WHITE); 9085 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 9086 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9087 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 9088 } 9089 9090 /* 9091 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 9092 */ 9093 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 9094 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 9095 || (get_sts_value() != 0 9096 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 9097 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 9098 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 9099 && (!*inserted_space_p 9100 || arrow_used)))))) 9101 { 9102 int ts; 9103 colnr_T vcol; 9104 colnr_T want_vcol; 9105 colnr_T start_vcol; 9106 9107 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 9108 if (p_sta && in_indent) 9109 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 9110 else 9111 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); 9112 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 9113 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 9114 * the previous character. */ 9115 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9116 start_vcol = vcol; 9117 dec_cursor(); 9118 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 9119 inc_cursor(); 9120 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 9121 9122 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 9123 while (vcol > want_vcol 9124 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) 9125 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9126 9127 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 9128 while (vcol < want_vcol) 9129 { 9130 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 9131 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9132 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9133 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9134 9135 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9136 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9137 ins_char(' '); 9138 else 9139 #endif 9140 { 9141 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9142 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 9143 replace_push(NUL); 9144 } 9145 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9146 } 9147 9148 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 9149 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 9150 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 9151 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 9152 } 9153 9154 /* 9155 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 9156 */ 9157 else 9158 { 9159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9160 int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0; 9161 9162 if (has_mbyte) 9163 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9164 #endif 9165 do 9166 { 9167 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9168 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 9169 #endif 9170 dec_cursor(); 9171 9172 cc = gchar_cursor(); 9173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9174 /* look multi-byte character class */ 9175 if (has_mbyte) 9176 { 9177 prev_cclass = cclass; 9178 cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor()); 9179 } 9180 #endif 9181 9182 /* start of word? */ 9183 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc)) 9184 { 9185 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 9186 temp = vim_iswordc(cc); 9187 } 9188 /* end of word? */ 9189 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 9190 && ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp) 9191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9192 || prev_cclass != cclass 9193 #endif 9194 )) 9195 { 9196 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9197 if (!revins_on) 9198 #endif 9199 inc_cursor(); 9200 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9201 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9202 dec_cursor(); 9203 #endif 9204 break; 9205 } 9206 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9207 replace_do_bs(-1); 9208 else 9209 { 9210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9211 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 9212 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 9213 #endif 9214 (void)del_char(FALSE); 9215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9216 /* 9217 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 9218 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 9219 * character. 9220 */ 9221 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 9222 inc_cursor(); 9223 #endif 9224 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9225 if (revins_chars) 9226 { 9227 revins_chars--; 9228 revins_legal++; 9229 } 9230 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 9231 break; 9232 #endif 9233 } 9234 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 9235 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 9236 break; 9237 } while ( 9238 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9239 revins_on || 9240 #endif 9241 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 9242 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum 9243 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col))); 9244 } 9245 did_backspace = TRUE; 9246 } 9247 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9248 did_si = FALSE; 9249 can_si = FALSE; 9250 can_si_back = FALSE; 9251 #endif 9252 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 9253 did_ai = FALSE; 9254 /* 9255 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 9256 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 9257 * with. 9258 */ 9259 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 9260 9261 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 9262 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum 9263 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) 9264 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9265 9266 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 9267 * was there remains visible 9268 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 9269 * was there is erased from the screen. 9270 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 9271 * displayed even when there isn't. 9272 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 9273 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) 9274 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 9275 9276 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9277 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 9278 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 9279 * char before a Tab. */ 9280 if (did_backspace) 9281 foldOpenCursor(); 9282 #endif 9283 9284 return did_backspace; 9285 } 9286 9287 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 9288 static void 9289 ins_mouse(int c) 9290 { 9291 pos_T tpos; 9292 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9293 9294 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 9295 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 9296 if (!gui.in_use) 9297 # endif 9298 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 9299 return; 9300 9301 undisplay_dollar(); 9302 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9303 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 9304 { 9305 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9306 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 9307 9308 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 9309 { 9310 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 9311 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 9312 curwin = old_curwin; 9313 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9314 } 9315 #endif 9316 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 9317 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9318 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 9319 { 9320 curwin = new_curwin; 9321 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9322 } 9323 #endif 9324 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9325 can_cindent = TRUE; 9326 # endif 9327 } 9328 9329 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9330 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 9331 redraw_statuslines(); 9332 #endif 9333 } 9334 9335 static void 9336 ins_mousescroll(int dir) 9337 { 9338 pos_T tpos; 9339 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9340 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 9341 # endif 9342 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9343 int did_scroll = FALSE; 9344 # endif 9345 9346 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9347 9348 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9349 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 9350 { 9351 int row, col; 9352 9353 row = mouse_row; 9354 col = mouse_col; 9355 9356 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 9357 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 9358 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9359 } 9360 if (curwin == old_curwin) 9361 # endif 9362 undisplay_dollar(); 9363 9364 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9365 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 9366 if (!pum_visible() 9367 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9368 || curwin != old_curwin 9369 # endif 9370 ) 9371 # endif 9372 { 9373 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 9374 { 9375 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9376 scroll_redraw(dir, 9377 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 9378 else 9379 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 9380 } 9381 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9382 else 9383 { 9384 int val, step = 6; 9385 9386 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 9387 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); 9388 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 9389 if (val < 0) 9390 val = 0; 9391 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 9392 } 9393 #endif 9394 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9395 did_scroll = TRUE; 9396 # endif 9397 } 9398 9399 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9400 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9401 9402 curwin = old_curwin; 9403 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 9404 # endif 9405 9406 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9407 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 9408 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 9409 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 9410 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 9411 { 9412 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 9413 ins_compl_show_pum(); 9414 } 9415 # endif 9416 9417 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 9418 { 9419 start_arrow(&tpos); 9420 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9421 can_cindent = TRUE; 9422 # endif 9423 } 9424 } 9425 #endif 9426 9427 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 9428 static void 9429 ins_tabline(int c) 9430 { 9431 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 9432 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 9433 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 9434 { 9435 undisplay_dollar(); 9436 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9437 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9438 can_cindent = TRUE; 9439 # endif 9440 } 9441 9442 if (c == K_TABLINE) 9443 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 9444 else 9445 { 9446 handle_tabmenu(); 9447 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 9448 } 9449 } 9450 #endif 9451 9452 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 9453 void 9454 ins_scroll(void) 9455 { 9456 pos_T tpos; 9457 9458 undisplay_dollar(); 9459 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9460 if (gui_do_scroll()) 9461 { 9462 start_arrow(&tpos); 9463 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9464 can_cindent = TRUE; 9465 # endif 9466 } 9467 } 9468 9469 void 9470 ins_horscroll(void) 9471 { 9472 pos_T tpos; 9473 9474 undisplay_dollar(); 9475 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9476 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 9477 { 9478 start_arrow(&tpos); 9479 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9480 can_cindent = TRUE; 9481 # endif 9482 } 9483 } 9484 #endif 9485 9486 static void 9487 ins_left( 9488 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9489 { 9490 pos_T tpos; 9491 9492 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9493 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9494 foldOpenCursor(); 9495 #endif 9496 undisplay_dollar(); 9497 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9498 if (oneleft() == OK) 9499 { 9500 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9501 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9502 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9503 if (!im_is_preediting()) 9504 #endif 9505 { 9506 start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change); 9507 if (!end_change) 9508 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT); 9509 } 9510 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9511 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9512 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9513 revins_legal++; 9514 revins_chars++; 9515 #endif 9516 } 9517 9518 /* 9519 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9520 * previous line 9521 */ 9522 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9523 { 9524 /* always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break */ 9525 start_arrow(&tpos); 9526 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9527 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9528 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9529 } 9530 else 9531 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9532 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9533 } 9534 9535 static void 9536 ins_home(int c) 9537 { 9538 pos_T tpos; 9539 9540 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9541 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9542 foldOpenCursor(); 9543 #endif 9544 undisplay_dollar(); 9545 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9546 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9547 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9548 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9549 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9550 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9551 #endif 9552 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9553 start_arrow(&tpos); 9554 } 9555 9556 static void 9557 ins_end(int c) 9558 { 9559 pos_T tpos; 9560 9561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9562 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9563 foldOpenCursor(); 9564 #endif 9565 undisplay_dollar(); 9566 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9567 if (c == K_C_END) 9568 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9569 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9570 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9571 9572 start_arrow(&tpos); 9573 } 9574 9575 static void 9576 ins_s_left(void) 9577 { 9578 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9579 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9580 foldOpenCursor(); 9581 #endif 9582 undisplay_dollar(); 9583 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9584 { 9585 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9586 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9587 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9588 } 9589 else 9590 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9591 } 9592 9593 static void 9594 ins_right( 9595 int end_change) /* end undoable change */ 9596 { 9597 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9598 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9599 foldOpenCursor(); 9600 #endif 9601 undisplay_dollar(); 9602 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9603 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9604 || virtual_active() 9605 #endif 9606 ) 9607 { 9608 start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change); 9609 if (!end_change) 9610 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT); 9611 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9612 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9613 if (virtual_active()) 9614 oneright(); 9615 else 9616 #endif 9617 { 9618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9619 if (has_mbyte) 9620 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9621 else 9622 #endif 9623 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9624 } 9625 9626 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9627 revins_legal++; 9628 if (revins_chars) 9629 revins_chars--; 9630 #endif 9631 } 9632 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9633 * cursor to the next line */ 9634 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9635 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9636 { 9637 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9638 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9639 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9640 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9641 } 9642 else 9643 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9644 dont_sync_undo = FALSE; 9645 } 9646 9647 static void 9648 ins_s_right(void) 9649 { 9650 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9651 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9652 foldOpenCursor(); 9653 #endif 9654 undisplay_dollar(); 9655 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9656 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9657 { 9658 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9659 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9660 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9661 } 9662 else 9663 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9664 } 9665 9666 static void 9667 ins_up( 9668 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9669 { 9670 pos_T tpos; 9671 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9672 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9673 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9674 #endif 9675 9676 undisplay_dollar(); 9677 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9678 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9679 { 9680 if (startcol) 9681 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9682 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9684 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9685 #endif 9686 ) 9687 redraw_later(VALID); 9688 start_arrow(&tpos); 9689 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9690 can_cindent = TRUE; 9691 #endif 9692 } 9693 else 9694 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9695 } 9696 9697 static void 9698 ins_pageup(void) 9699 { 9700 pos_T tpos; 9701 9702 undisplay_dollar(); 9703 9704 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9705 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9706 { 9707 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9708 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9709 { 9710 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9711 goto_tabpage(-1); 9712 } 9713 return; 9714 } 9715 #endif 9716 9717 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9718 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9719 { 9720 start_arrow(&tpos); 9721 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9722 can_cindent = TRUE; 9723 #endif 9724 } 9725 else 9726 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9727 } 9728 9729 static void 9730 ins_down( 9731 int startcol) /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9732 { 9733 pos_T tpos; 9734 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9735 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9736 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9737 #endif 9738 9739 undisplay_dollar(); 9740 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9741 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9742 { 9743 if (startcol) 9744 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9745 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9746 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9747 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9748 #endif 9749 ) 9750 redraw_later(VALID); 9751 start_arrow(&tpos); 9752 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9753 can_cindent = TRUE; 9754 #endif 9755 } 9756 else 9757 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9758 } 9759 9760 static void 9761 ins_pagedown(void) 9762 { 9763 pos_T tpos; 9764 9765 undisplay_dollar(); 9766 9767 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9768 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9769 { 9770 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9771 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9772 { 9773 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9774 goto_tabpage(0); 9775 } 9776 return; 9777 } 9778 #endif 9779 9780 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9781 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9782 { 9783 start_arrow(&tpos); 9784 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9785 can_cindent = TRUE; 9786 #endif 9787 } 9788 else 9789 vim_beep(BO_CRSR); 9790 } 9791 9792 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9793 static void 9794 ins_drop(void) 9795 { 9796 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9797 } 9798 #endif 9799 9800 /* 9801 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9802 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9803 */ 9804 static int 9805 ins_tab(void) 9806 { 9807 int ind; 9808 int i; 9809 int temp; 9810 9811 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9812 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9813 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9814 return FALSE; 9815 9816 ind = inindent(0); 9817 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9818 if (ind) 9819 can_cindent = FALSE; 9820 #endif 9821 9822 /* 9823 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9824 */ 9825 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9826 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) 9827 && get_sts_value() == 0) 9828 return TRUE; 9829 9830 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9831 return TRUE; 9832 9833 did_ai = FALSE; 9834 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9835 did_si = FALSE; 9836 can_si = FALSE; 9837 can_si_back = FALSE; 9838 #endif 9839 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 9840 9841 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 9842 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); 9843 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 9844 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); 9845 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 9846 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 9847 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 9848 9849 /* 9850 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 9851 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 9852 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 9853 */ 9854 ins_char(' '); 9855 while (--temp > 0) 9856 { 9857 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9858 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9859 ins_char(' '); 9860 else 9861 #endif 9862 { 9863 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9864 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 9865 replace_push(NUL); 9866 } 9867 } 9868 9869 /* 9870 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 9871 */ 9872 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) 9873 { 9874 char_u *ptr; 9875 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9876 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9877 pos_T pos; 9878 #endif 9879 pos_T fpos; 9880 pos_T *cursor; 9881 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 9882 int change_col = -1; 9883 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 9884 9885 /* 9886 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 9887 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 9888 */ 9889 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9890 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9891 { 9892 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9893 cursor = &pos; 9894 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 9895 if (saved_line == NULL) 9896 return FALSE; 9897 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 9898 } 9899 else 9900 #endif 9901 { 9902 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 9903 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 9904 } 9905 9906 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 9907 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9908 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 9909 9910 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 9911 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9912 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) 9913 { 9914 --fpos.col; 9915 --ptr; 9916 } 9917 9918 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 9919 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9920 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9921 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9922 { 9923 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 9924 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 9925 } 9926 9927 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 9928 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9929 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 9930 9931 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak' 9932 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 9933 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) 9934 { 9935 i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol); 9936 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 9937 break; 9938 if (*ptr != TAB) 9939 { 9940 *ptr = TAB; 9941 if (change_col < 0) 9942 { 9943 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 9944 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 9945 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9946 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 9947 } 9948 } 9949 ++fpos.col; 9950 ++ptr; 9951 vcol += i; 9952 } 9953 9954 if (change_col >= 0) 9955 { 9956 int repl_off = 0; 9957 char_u *line = ptr; 9958 9959 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 9960 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 9961 { 9962 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol); 9963 ++ptr; 9964 ++repl_off; 9965 } 9966 if (vcol > want_vcol) 9967 { 9968 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 9969 --ptr; 9970 --repl_off; 9971 } 9972 fpos.col += repl_off; 9973 9974 /* Delete following spaces. */ 9975 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 9976 if (i > 0) 9977 { 9978 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 9979 /* correct replace stack. */ 9980 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9981 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9982 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9983 #endif 9984 ) 9985 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 9986 replace_join(repl_off); 9987 } 9988 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 9989 if (netbeans_active()) 9990 { 9991 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 9992 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9993 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 9994 } 9995 #endif 9996 cursor->col -= i; 9997 9998 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9999 /* 10000 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 10001 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 10002 * spacing. 10003 */ 10004 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10005 { 10006 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 10007 backspace_until_column(change_col); 10008 10009 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 10010 * ptr-cursor */ 10011 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 10012 cursor->col - change_col); 10013 } 10014 #endif 10015 } 10016 10017 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10018 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10019 vim_free(saved_line); 10020 #endif 10021 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 10022 } 10023 10024 return FALSE; 10025 } 10026 10027 /* 10028 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 10029 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 10030 */ 10031 static int 10032 ins_eol(int c) 10033 { 10034 int i; 10035 10036 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 10037 return FALSE; 10038 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 10039 return TRUE; 10040 undisplay_dollar(); 10041 10042 /* 10043 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 10044 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 10045 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 10046 */ 10047 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10048 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10049 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10050 #endif 10051 ) 10052 replace_push(NUL); 10053 10054 /* 10055 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 10056 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 10057 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 10058 * in open_line(). 10059 */ 10060 10061 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10062 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 10063 * CTRL-O). */ 10064 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 10065 coladvance(getviscol()); 10066 #endif 10067 10068 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10069 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10070 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 10071 fkmap(NL); 10072 # endif 10073 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 10074 * current line. */ 10075 if (revins_on) 10076 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 10077 #endif 10078 10079 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 10080 i = open_line(FORWARD, 10081 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 10082 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 10083 #endif 10084 0, old_indent); 10085 old_indent = 0; 10086 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 10087 can_cindent = TRUE; 10088 #endif 10089 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 10090 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 10091 foldOpenCursor(); 10092 #endif 10093 10094 return (!i); 10095 } 10096 10097 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 10098 /* 10099 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 10100 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 10101 * done. 10102 */ 10103 static int 10104 ins_digraph(void) 10105 { 10106 int c; 10107 int cc; 10108 int did_putchar = FALSE; 10109 10110 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 10111 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10112 { 10113 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10114 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10115 10116 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 10117 did_putchar = TRUE; 10118 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10119 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 10120 #endif 10121 } 10122 10123 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 10124 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 10125 #endif 10126 10127 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 10128 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 10129 ++no_mapping; 10130 ++allow_keys; 10131 c = plain_vgetc(); 10132 --no_mapping; 10133 --allow_keys; 10134 if (did_putchar) 10135 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next 10136 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ 10137 edit_unputchar(); 10138 10139 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 10140 { 10141 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10142 clear_showcmd(); 10143 #endif 10144 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10145 return NUL; 10146 } 10147 if (c != ESC) 10148 { 10149 did_putchar = FALSE; 10150 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 10151 { 10152 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 10153 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10154 10155 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 10156 { 10157 ins_redraw(FALSE); 10158 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 10159 did_putchar = TRUE; 10160 } 10161 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10162 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 10163 #endif 10164 } 10165 ++no_mapping; 10166 ++allow_keys; 10167 cc = plain_vgetc(); 10168 --no_mapping; 10169 --allow_keys; 10170 if (did_putchar) 10171 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the 10172 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ 10173 edit_unputchar(); 10174 if (cc != ESC) 10175 { 10176 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 10177 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 10178 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10179 clear_showcmd(); 10180 #endif 10181 return c; 10182 } 10183 } 10184 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10185 clear_showcmd(); 10186 #endif 10187 return NUL; 10188 } 10189 #endif 10190 10191 /* 10192 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 10193 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 10194 */ 10195 int 10196 ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum) 10197 { 10198 int c; 10199 int temp; 10200 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 10201 char_u *line; 10202 10203 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10204 { 10205 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10206 return NUL; 10207 } 10208 10209 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 10210 temp = 0; 10211 line = ptr = ml_get(lnum); 10212 prev_ptr = ptr; 10213 validate_virtcol(); 10214 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 10215 { 10216 prev_ptr = ptr; 10217 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 10218 } 10219 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 10220 ptr = prev_ptr; 10221 10222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10223 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 10224 #else 10225 c = *ptr; 10226 #endif 10227 if (c == NUL) 10228 vim_beep(BO_COPY); 10229 return c; 10230 } 10231 10232 /* 10233 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 10234 */ 10235 static int 10236 ins_ctrl_ey(int tc) 10237 { 10238 int c = tc; 10239 10240 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10241 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 10242 { 10243 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 10244 scrolldown_clamp(); 10245 else 10246 scrollup_clamp(); 10247 redraw_later(VALID); 10248 } 10249 else 10250 #endif 10251 { 10252 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 10253 if (c != NUL) 10254 { 10255 long tw_save; 10256 10257 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 10258 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 10259 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 10260 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 10261 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 10262 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 10263 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 10264 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 10265 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 10266 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 10267 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10268 revins_chars++; 10269 revins_legal++; 10270 #endif 10271 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 10272 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 10273 } 10274 } 10275 return c; 10276 } 10277 10278 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 10279 /* 10280 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 10281 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 10282 */ 10283 static void 10284 ins_try_si(int c) 10285 { 10286 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 10287 char_u *ptr; 10288 int i; 10289 int temp; 10290 10291 /* 10292 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 10293 */ 10294 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 10295 { 10296 /* 10297 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 10298 */ 10299 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 10300 { 10301 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10302 /* 10303 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 10304 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 10305 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 10306 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 10307 * lines -- webb 10308 */ 10309 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 10310 i = pos->col; 10311 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 10312 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) 10313 ; 10314 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 10315 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 10316 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 10317 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 10318 i = get_indent(); 10319 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10320 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10321 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10322 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 10323 else 10324 #endif 10325 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 10326 } 10327 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 10328 { 10329 /* 10330 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 10331 * more than indent of previous line 10332 */ 10333 temp = TRUE; 10334 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10335 { 10336 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 10337 i = get_indent(); 10338 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 10339 { 10340 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 10341 10342 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 10343 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 10344 break; 10345 } 10346 if (get_indent() >= i) 10347 temp = FALSE; 10348 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 10349 } 10350 if (temp) 10351 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 10352 } 10353 } 10354 10355 /* 10356 * set indent of '#' always to 0 10357 */ 10358 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 10359 { 10360 /* remember current indent for next line */ 10361 old_indent = get_indent(); 10362 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 10363 } 10364 10365 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 10366 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 10367 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 10368 } 10369 #endif 10370 10371 /* 10372 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 10373 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 10374 */ 10375 static colnr_T 10376 get_nolist_virtcol(void) 10377 { 10378 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 10379 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 10380 validate_virtcol(); 10381 return curwin->w_virtcol; 10382 } 10383 10384 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 10385 /* 10386 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. 10387 * "c" is the character that was typed. 10388 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. 10389 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". 10390 */ 10391 static char_u * 10392 do_insert_char_pre(int c) 10393 { 10394 char_u *res; 10395 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 10396 10397 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ 10398 if (!has_insertcharpre()) 10399 return NULL; 10400 10401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10402 if (has_mbyte) 10403 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 10404 else 10405 #endif 10406 { 10407 buf[0] = c; 10408 buf[1] = NUL; 10409 } 10410 10411 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ 10412 ++textlock; 10413 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ 10414 10415 res = NULL; 10416 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) 10417 { 10418 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one 10419 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the 10420 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ 10421 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) 10422 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); 10423 } 10424 10425 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ 10426 --textlock; 10427 10428 return res; 10429 } 10430 #endif 10431